OMRON DRT1 C200HW-DRT21-V1, CQM1-DRT21 CompoBus/D Slaves Operation manual

Cat.No. W347–E1–1
C200HW-DRT21-V1
CQM1–DRT21
DRT1 Series
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Slaves
OPERATION MANUAL
C200HW-DRT21
CQM1-DRT21
DRT1 Series
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Slaves
Operation Manual
Produced October 1998
Notice:
OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator
and only for the purposes described in this manual.
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual. Always heed
the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or damage to property.
DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
! WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
! Caution
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury, or property damage.
!
OMRON Product References
All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The word “Unit” is also capitalized when it refers
to an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product.
The abbreviation “Ch,” which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products, often means
“word” and is abbreviated “Wd” in documentation in this sense.
The abbreviation “PC” means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for anything else.
Visual Aids
The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of
information.
Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation
of the product.
1, 2, 3...
1. Indicates lists of one sort or another, such as procedures, checklists, etc.
Trademarks and Copyrights
COMBICON is a registered trademark of Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co.
DeviceNet is a registered trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.
PowerTap is a registered trademark of the Allen-Bradley Company, Inc.
The copyright to software provided in the CompoBus/D Master Unit belongs to S–S Technologies Inc.
 OMRON, 1998
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any
form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because OMRON is
constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change
without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no
responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 Operating Environment Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 CompoBus/D Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 1
Features and System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Overview of CompoBus/D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 2
Setting Up Hardware and Confirming Operation . . . . . .
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting and Wiring Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 3
Sample Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-2
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-232C Unit Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 4
Basic Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-2
Common Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 5
Special I/O Slave Units Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-2
C200H I/O Link Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-232C Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 6
Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
6-2
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Communications Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 7
Troubleshooting and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
Indicators and Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
xii
xii
xii
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
1
2
11
12
13
14
25
29
31
32
36
47
48
53
135
136
162
183
184
192
195
196
204
207
215
Appendices
A Node Address Settings Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B Slave Device Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C Connectible Devices and Device Current Consumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
217
219
235
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
viii
239
241
243
About this Manual:
This manual describes the installation and operation of the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Slave Units and
includes the sections described below.
Please read this manual carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before attempting
to install and operate the CompoBus/D Slave Units. Be sure to read the precautions provided in the
first section.
Precautions provides precautions for the correct and safe application of the products.
Section 1 provides an overview of the CompoBus/D Network, including features, specifications, and the
system configurations.
Section 2 provides information on hardware aspects of Masters and Slaves connected to a CompoBus/D
Network to ensure the proper operation of the system. These include system configuration examples,
basic procedures for wiring, mounting, and setting Master and Slave Units, connecting cables and power
supplies, creating I/O tables, and creating and registering scan lists.
Section 3 provides ladder program examples to explain applications of explicit DeviceNet messages
when used with C200H I/O Link Units and RS-232C Units.
Section 4 provides Slave specifications and describes their components, indicators, switch settings, etc.
Section 5 provides specifications to the Special I/O Slave Units, the C200H I/O Link Unit, and the
RS-232C Unit.
Section 6 describes the time required for a complete communications cycle, for an output response to be
made to an input, to start the system, and to send a message.
Section 7 describes error processing, periodic maintenance operations, and troubleshooting procedures
needed to keep the CompoBus/D Network operating properly. We recommend reading through the error
processing procedures before operation so that operating errors can be identified and corrected more
quickly.
The Appendices provide a a node address settings table, details of Slave device protocols necessary for
multi-vendor applications, a list of standard models, and device current consumptions.
! WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in
personal injury or death, damage to the product, or product failure. Please read each
section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section
and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given.
ix
PRECAUTIONS
This section provides general precautions for using the Programmable Controller (PC) Systems and related devices.
The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of PC Systems. You must
read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PC System.
1 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 Operating Environment Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Application Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 EC Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 CompoBus/D Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
xii
xii
xii
xiii
xiv
xv
xi
Operating Environment Precautions
1
4
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for the following personnel, who must also have knowledge of electrical systems (an electrical engineer or the equivalent).
• Personnel in charge of installing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of designing FA systems.
• Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities.
2
General Precautions
The user must operate the product according to the performance specifications
described in the operation manuals.
Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual
or applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation
systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that
may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult
your OMRON representative.
Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are
sufficient for the systems, machines, and equipment, and be sure to provide the
systems, machines, and equipment with double safety mechanisms.
This manual provides information for programming and operating OMRON PC
Systems. Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the software and
keep this manual close at hand for reference during operation.
! WARNING It is extremely important that a PC System and all PC Units be used for the
specified purpose and under the specified conditions, especially in applications
that can directly or indirectly affect human life. You must consult with your
OMRON representative before applying a PC System to the abovementioned
applications.
3
Safety Precautions
! WARNING Never attempt to disassemble any Units while power is being supplied. Doing so
may result in serious electrical shock or electrocution.
! WARNING Never touch any of the terminals while power is being supplied. Doing so may
result in serious electrical shock or electrocution.
4
Operating Environment Precautions
Do not operate the control system in the following places.
• Locations subject to direct sunlight.
• Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in
the specifications.
• Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature.
• Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.
• Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts.
• Locations subject to shock or vibration.
• Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals.
xii
5
Application Precautions
• Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in
the following locations.
• Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise.
• Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields.
• Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity.
• Locations close to power supplies.
! Caution
5
The operating environment of the PC System can have a large effect on the longevity and reliability of the system. Improper operating environments can lead to
malfunction, failure, and other unforeseeable problems with the PC System. Be
sure that the operating environment is within the specified conditions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system.
Application Precautions
Observe the following precautions when using a PC System.
! WARNING Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly
fatal injury. Always heed these precautions.
• Always ground the system to 100 Ω or less when installing the system to protect against electrical shock.
• Always turn off the power supply to the PC System before attempting any of the
following. Performing any of the following with the power supply turned on may
lead to electrical shock:
• Mounting or removing any Units (e.g., I/O Units, CPU Unit, etc.) or memory
cassettes.
• Assembling any devices or racks.
• Connecting or disconnecting any cables or wiring.
! Caution
Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the
PC System or could damage the PC or PC Units. Always heed these precautions.
• Use the Units only with the power supplies and voltages specified in the operation manuals. Other power supplies and voltages may damage the Units.
• Take measures to stabilize the power supply to conform to the rated supply if it
is not stable.
• Provide circuit breakers and other safety measures to provide protection
against shorts in external wiring.
• Do not apply voltages exceeding the rated input voltage to Input Units. The Input Units may be destroyed.
• Do not apply voltages exceeding the maximum switching capacity to Output
Units. The Output Units may be destroyed.
• Always disconnect the LG terminal when performing withstand voltage tests.
• Install all Units according to instructions in the operation manuals. Improper
installation may cause faulty operation.
• Provide proper shielding when installing in the following locations:
• Locations subject to static electricity or other sources of noise.
• Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields.
• Locations subject to possible exposure to radiation.
• Locations near to power supply lines.
xiii
6
EC Directives
• Be sure to tighten Backplane screws, terminal screws, and cable connector
screws securely.
• Do not attempt to take any Units apart, to repair any Units, or to modify any
Units in any way.
! Caution
The following precautions are necessary to ensure the general safety of the system. Always heed these precautions.
• Provide double safety mechanisms to handle incorrect signals that can be
generated by broken signal lines or momentary power interruptions.
• Provide external interlock circuits, limit circuits, and other safety circuits in
addition to any provided within the PC System to ensure safety.
6
EC Directives
CompoBus/D products conform to EMS and low-voltage level directives as follows:
EMC Directives
OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related
EMC standards, so that they can more easily be built in to other devices or the
overall machine. The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC
standards. Whether they conform to the standards in the system used by the
customer, however, must be checked by the customer.
EMC-related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depending on the configuration, wiring, and other conditions of the
equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed. The customer must, therefore, perform the final check to confirm that devices and the
overall machine conform to EMC standards.
Low-voltage Level Directives
Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1,000 VAC and 75 to
1,500 VDC meet the necessary safety standard for the PC (EN61131-2).
CompoBus/D products that comply with EC Directives must be installed as follows:
1, 2, 3...
1. CompoBus/D Units are designed for installation inside control panels. All
CompoBus/D Units must be installed within control panels.
2. Use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies
used for the communications power supply, internal circuit power supply,
and the I/O power supplies.
3. CompoBus/D products that comply with EC Directives also conform to the
Common Emission Standard (EN50081-2). Radiated emission characteristics (10-m regulations) may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used, other devices connected to the control panel, wiring, and
other conditions. You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or
equipment complies with EC Directives.
xiv
7
CompoBus/D Manuals
The following examples shows how to reduce noise.
1, 2, 3...
1. Noise from the communications cable can be reduced by installing a ferrite
core on the communications cable within 10 cm of the CompoBus/D Master
Unit.
Ferrite Core (Data Line Filter): LF130B (manufactured by Easy Magnet Co.)
Impedance specifications
25 MHz: 105 Ω
100 MHz: 190 Ω
30 mm
13 mm
32 mm
31.5 mm
2. Wire the control panel with as thick and short cables as possible and ground
to 100 Ω min.
3. Keep CompoBus/D communications cables as short as possible and
ground to 100 Ω min.
7
CompoBus/D Manuals
The following manuals are available for information relating to CompoBus/D. Be
sure to thoroughly read and understand the applicable manuals before installing
or operating CompoBus/D devices and make sure that you are using the most
recent version of the manual.
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267)
Describes the functions and applications of CompoBus/D including available
Master Units, their specifications, functions, operating procedures, and applications. Always read this manual thoroughly before installing or operating CompoBus/D devices.
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Slaves Operation Manual (W347)
Describes available Slave Units, their specifications, functions, operating procedures, and applications. This manual has been separately produced in response to the increase in Slave Unit models since the production of the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267). Use this manual in conjunction
with the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267).
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Configurator Operation Manual (W328)
Describes the operating procedures of the CompoBus/D Configurator , which is
used to freely allocate remote I/O areas, and allows multiple Master Units to be
mounted to one PC or connected to one CompoBus/D Network to perform independent remote I/O communications. Refer to this manual when operating a
CompoBus/D Network with a CompoBus/D Configurator.
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL Operation Manual (W348)
Describes available MULTIPLE I/O TERMINALs, their specifications, functions,
operating procedures, and applications. This manual has been separately produced in response to the increase in MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL models since
the production of the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267). Use
this manual in conjunction with the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual
(W267).
xv
SECTION 1
Features and System Configuration
This section provides an overview of the CompoBus/D Network, including features, specifications, and the system configurations.
1-1
Overview of CompoBus/D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-1 CompoBus/D Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-2 Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
6
1
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
1-1
1-1
Overview of CompoBus/D
CompoBus/D is a multi-bit, multi-vendor network that combines controls and
data on a machine/line-control level and that conforms to the DeviceNet open
field network specifications. CompoBus/D has the following features.
1-1-1 CompoBus/D Features
Multi-vendor Network
The CompoBus/D conforms to the DeviceNet open field network specification,
which means that devices (Masters and Slaves) produced by other manufacturers can also be connected to the Network. A wide range of field-level applications can thus be supported by combining valve devices, sensors, and other devices.
OMRON Master Unit
Master from other company
CompoBus/D Network
OMRON
Configurator
OMRON Slaves
Simultaneous Remote I/O
and Message Services
Slave from
other company
Remote I/O communications to constantly exchange I/O data between the PC
and Slaves can be executed simultaneously with message communications, to
send/receive Master Unit data as required by the application. A CompoBus/D
Network can thus be installed to flexibly handle applications that require both bit
data and message data. Message communications can be achieved either by
using OMRON’s FINS commands or by using explicit DeviceNet messages.
OMRON Master Unit
OMRON Master Unit
Message communications
CompoBus/D Network
Slaves
Remote I/O communications
2
OMRON
Configurator
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
Connect Multiple PCs to
the Same Network
1-1
A Configurator (sold separately) can be used to enable connection of more than
one Master to the Network, allowing message communications between PCs
and between multiple groups of PCs and Slaves. This allows the CompoBus/D
Network to be used as a common bus to unify controls while reducing wiring.
OMRON Master Unit
OMRON Master Unit
OMRON Master Unit
Message
communications
Message
communications
CompoBus/D Network
OMRON
Configurator
Slaves
Slaves
Remote I/O communications
Remote I/O communications
Multiple Master Units
Handle Multi-point
Control and Line
Expansions
A Configurator (sold separately) can be used to enable mounting more than one
Master Unit to a single PC, allowing control of many more points. This feature
can easily handle line expansions and other applications.
OMRON Master Units
Slaves
Slaves
Slave
Slave
OMRON
Configurator
OMRON
Configurator
3
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
Free Remote I/O
Allocation
1-1
A Configurator (sold separately) can be used to enable flexible allocation of I/O,
i.e., in any area and in any order. This allows I/O allocations that suit the application to simplify programming and enable effective usage of PC memory areas.
OMRON Master Unit
Output Area
Node 01
Node 03
Node 00
Node
00
Handle Slaves with
Different Response
Speeds
Node
01
Node
02
Input Area
Node 04
Node 02
Node
03
Node
04
OMRON
Configurator
A Configurator (sold separately) can be used to set the communications cycle
time, enabling usage of Slaves with slow response times.
OMRON Master Unit
Set the communications cycle time.
Remote I/O communications at a set interval
OMRON
Configurator
Easily Expand or Change
Lines with Various
Connection Methods
Use a multi-drop trunk line, T-branch multi-drop lines, or daisy-chain drop lines.
All three connection methods can be combined to flexibly construct a network
that meets the needs of the application.
Multi-drop trunk line
T-branch multi-drop line
Drop line
4
Trunk line
Daisy-chain
drop line
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
1-1
Overall System Configuration
CompoBus/D Master Unit
CV Series:
CVM1-DRM21-V1
C200HX/HG/HE/HS:
Photoelectric sensors,
C200HW-DRM21-V1 proximity sensors, limit
switches, etc.
CompoBus/D
Configurator
(computer)
Photoelectric sensors,
proximity sensors, limit
switches, etc.
Input
Terminal
I/O Link
Unit
CQM1
: T-branch Taps or multidrop connections
Sensor
Terminal
Input Remote
Adapter (used
with Input Block)
Output
Terminal
Output Remote
Adapter (used
with Output Block)
Solenoids,
valves, etc.
Solenoids,
valves, etc.
Photoelectric sensors
or proximity sensors
with connectors
Environmentresistant Terminal (inputs,outputs, or mixed
I/O)
Photoelectric
sensors, proximity Solenoids,
valves, etc.
sensors, limit
switches, etc.
CompoBus/D
Master Unit
C200H I/O
Link Unit
Note A CompoBus/D Configurator
is required if multiple Master
Units are to be connected to
one network.
Analog Input
Terminal
1 to 5 V,
4 to 20 mA,
etc.
Analog Output
Terminal
Temperature
Input Terminal
RS-232C
Unit
Inputs Outputs Outputs Inputs
Solenoids,
valves,
etc.
Thermocouple, temperature-resistance
thermometer
Bar code reader, etc.
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINALs
Master Features
Master Units
Support remote I/O communications between OMRON PCs (CV Series or
C200HX/HG/HE/HS) and Slaves.
Support message communications between OMRON PCs, or between an OMRON PC and Slaves and Masters from other companies.
VME Master Boards
Support remote I/O communications between a VME System and Slaves.
Configurator Features
• Enables free (user-set) allocations to remote I/O.
• Enables multiple Master Units on a single PC.
• Enables multiple Master Units in a single network.
Slave Features
I/O Terminals
• Provide general-purpose I/O via terminal blocks (M3).
• Available in 8-point and 16-point models with transistor inputs or outputs.
Environment-resistant Terminals
• Improved I/O Terminals that conform to IP66 for spatter-, water-, and oil-resistance.
5
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
1-1
• Available in 8-point models with transistor inputs or outputs, and 16-point models with transistor I/O (8 inputs and outputs).
Remote Adapters
• Used in combination with G7D and other I/O Blocks to handle relay outputs,
power MOS FET Relay outputs, etc.
• Available in 16-point models with transistor inputs or outputs.
I/O Link Units
• More than one I/O Link Unit can be mounted to a CQM1 PC.
• Link 16 inputs and 16 outputs between the PC and the Master Unit.
Sensor Terminals
• Accept inputs from photoelectric and proximity sensors with connectors.
• Available in 16-point input and 8-point input/8-point output models.
• Output signals can be used for sensor teaching and external diagnosis.
Analog Input Terminals
• Convert analog inputs to binary.
• Switchable between 2 and 4 input points using the DIP switch.
• Handle inputs of 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4 to
20 mA.
Analog Output Terminals
• Convert binary data to analog outputs.
• Provides outputs of 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4 to 20 mA.
• Available in models with a resolution of either 1/6,000 or 1/30,000.
Temperature Input Terminals
• Temperature data is input as binary data for 4 inputs.
• Thermocouple and temperature-resistance thermometer inputs are available.
C200H I/O Link Units
• Special I/O Slaves that mount to C200HX/HG/HE PCs and read/write data
from the Master Unit to the specified words in the CPU Unit.
• Read and write areas specified for up to 512 bits each (32 words each).
• Any memory area words can be read or written using DeviceNet explicit messages.
RS-232C Units
• Special I/O Slaves that provide two RS-232C ports and control I/O from the
Master Units.
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINALs
• Multiple I/O Units can be combined under a Communications Unit and treated
as a single Slave.
• Special I/O Units, such as Analog I/O Units, and High-speed Counter Units are
also available.
1-1-2 Units
Master Units
Applicable PC
Master Unit model
number
CV Series
CVM1-DRM21-V1
C200HX/HG/HE
C200HS
C200HW-DRM21-V1
6
Max. No. of Units
Mounting position
CPU or Expansion CPU Rack
(Classified as CPU Bus Units)
CPU Rack or Expansion I/O Rack
(Classified as Special I/O Units)
With
Configurator
16
10 or 16
10
Without
Configurator
1
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
1-1
Slave Units
Unit
Base
Units
Analog
I/O Units
Special
I/O Units
Name
I/O points
Input Terminals
8 input points
(transistor inputs) 16 input points
Output Terminals 8 output points
(transistor
16 output points
outputs)
DRT1-ID08(-1)
DRT1-ID16(-1)
DRT1-OD08(-1)
Environment-resistant Terminals
(transistor outputs)
DRT1-ID08C
DRT1-OD08C
DRT1-MD16C
Screws
Water-resistant. Uses XS2
Sensor I/O Connector to
connect I/O and
CompoBus/D.
DRT1-ID16X(-1)
DRT1-OD16X(-1)
DRT1-HD16S
DRT1-ND16S
DIN track or
screws
----Connected to photoelectric
and proximity sensors with
connectors
8 input points
8 output points
8 input/8 output
points
Remote Adapters 16 input points
16 output points
Sensor Terminals 16 input points
8 input/8 output
points
Temperature
4 input points
Input Terminals
(4 words)
4 input points
(4 words)
CQM1 I/O Link
16 internal input/
Units
16 internal
output points
(between CQM1
and Master Unit)
Analog Input
4 input points
Terminals
(4 words) or
2 input points
(2 words)
(voltage or
current)
4 input points
(4 words)
(voltage or
current)
Model number
DRT1-OD16(-1)
Remarks
---------
DRT1-TS04T
Thermocouple
DRT1-TS04P
Temperature-resistant input
CQM1-DRT21
Assembled with
CQM1
Up to 3 or 7 Units mountable
to CQM1 (depending on
model of CQM1)
DRT1-AD04
---
Applicable range:
1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V,
–10 to +10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or
4 to 20 mA input (switchable)
Resolution: 1/6,000
DRT1-AD04H
Analog Output
Terminals
2 output points
(2 words)
C200H I/O Link
Units
512 input points
C200HW-DRT21
max. (32 words)
512 output points
max. (32 words)
16 input points (1 DRT1-232C2
word)
RS-232C Units
Installation
DIN track or
screws
Applicable range:
1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, 0
to 20 mA, or 4 to 20 mA input
(switchable)
Resolution: 1/30,000
Applicable range:
1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to
+10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4 to
20 mA output (switchable)
DRT1-DA02
Mounted to
C200HX/HG/
HE PC
DIN track or
screws
Resolution: 1/6,000
Up to 16 Units mountable to
C200HX/HG/HE PC.
Two RS-232C ports
Explicit messages used for
settings and control.
RS-232C port status
reflected in inputs.
Note The I/O Link Units use internal I/O in the CQM1 CPU Unit, and not external I/O.
7
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
1-1
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL Units
Unit
I/O
points
Words allocated
in PC memory
Input
I/O connections
Output
Communications Unit None
Status
two
words
0 words None
Base I/O Transistor
Units
Input
Units
16
input
points
1 word
0 words M3 terminal
block
16
input
points
1 word
32
input
points
2 words
16
output
points
0 words
16
output
points
32
output
points
Transistor
Output
Units
Relay
Output
Units
8
Unit
power
supply
voltage
24 VDC
(supplied
from
outside)
Installation
Model
number
DIN track DRT1-COM
Remarks
---
GT1-ID16
---
0 words Connector
(made by
MOLEX)
GT1-ID16MX
---
0 words High-density connector
(made by
FUJITSU)
1 word M3 terminal
block
GT1-ID32ML
---
GT1-OD16
---
0 words
1 word
GT1-OD16MX
---
0 words
2 words High-density connector
(made by
FUJITSU)
1 word M3 terminal
block
GT1-OD32ML
---
GT1-ROS16
---
1 word
GT1-ROP08
---
16 out- 0 words
put
points
(available
soon)
8
0 words
output
points
Connector
(made by
MOLEX)
Section
Overview of CompoBus/D
Unit
I/O
points
Special
Analog In- 8
I/O Units put Units
inputs
(See
note.)
Words allocated
in PC memory
Input
Output
8 words
0 word
I/O connections
Connector
(made by
MOLEX)
Unit
power
supply
voltage
24 VDC
(supplied
from
outside)
Installation
Model
number
DIN track GT1-AD08MX
1-1
Remarks
Applicable
range:
4 to 20 mA,
0 to 20 mA,
0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
or –10 to
10 V
Resolution:
1/6,000
Analog
Output
Units
4 outputs
0 words
4 words
GT1-DA04MX
Applicable
range:
0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
or –10 to
10 V
Resolution:
1/6,000
Highspeed
Counter
Units
1 encoder
input,
1 input, 2
outputs
5 words
3 words Terminal
block (M3)
24 VDC
(supplied
from
outside)
DIN track GT1-CT01
A and B
encoder inputs (differential
phase inputs)
1 external
control input
2-point external outputs according to
counter
value
Note The front-panel indicators and other parts of Analog Input Units, Analog Output
Units, and High-speed Counter Units differ from those of other I/O Units. These
Units belong to a group called Special I/O Units.
9
SECTION 2
Setting Up Hardware and Confirming Operation
This section provides information on hardware aspects of Masters and Slaves connected to a CompoBus/D Network to ensure
the proper operation of the system. Included are system configuration examples, basic procedures for wiring, mounting and
setting Master and Slave Units, connecting cables and power supplies, creating I/O tables, and creating and registering scan
lists.
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1-1 Basic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1-2 System Configuration Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting and Wiring Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-1 Mounting and Setting the Master Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-2 Mounting and Setting Slaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-3 Mounting Connecting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-4 Connecting Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-5 Wiring the Internal Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-6 Wiring the I/O Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-7 Wiring I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-1 Creating I/O Tables for the Master Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-2 Starting the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-3 Creating and Registering Scan Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5-1 Indicator Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5-2 Reading and Writing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
17
17
23
24
24
25
25
25
26
29
29
29
11
Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples
2-1
Section
2-1
Basic Procedures and Configuration Examples
The examples shown here provide the basic operating procedures for CompoBus/D.
2-1-1 Basic Procedures
Use the following procedures to operate the CompoBus/D Slave Units. For details on settings and connections, refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267). For further details on Slave Units, refer to Section 4 Basic
Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O Slave Units Specifications.
Preparing the Units
1, 2, 3...
1. Select the appropriate Units. Refer to page 13.
2. Determine the appropriate wiring method. Refer to page 13.
3. Determine the appropriate method for supplying communications power.
Refer to page 13.
Setting and Wiring Hardware
1, 2, 3...
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Separate and lay the cables.
Mount the Master Unit and specify the correct settings. Refer to page 14.
Mount the Slave Units and specify the correct settings. Refer to page 15.
Mount other devices to be connected to the Network. Refer to page 17.
Connect the cables. Refer to page 17.
Wire the I/O cables. Refer to page 24.
Starting Communications
1, 2, 3...
1. Create the I/O tables. Refer to page 25.
2. Start up the system. Refer to page 25.
3. Create and register the scan list. Refer to page 26.
Checking Operations
1, 2, 3...
1. Check the status of the indicators on the Unit. Refer to page 29.
2. Check that data is reading and writing properly. Refer to page 29.
Note The examples provided in this section show the minimum settings to operate the
system. If details on other settings for actual operation are required, refer to the
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267). For further details on
Slave Units, refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special
I/O Slave Units Specifications.
12
Section
Preparations
2-2
2-1-2 System Configuration Example
The following diagram shows the operating procedure using a system configuration example. The system configuration shown here uses Thin Cables.
C200H-OD215
Output Unit
C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master Unit
(Node 00)
S82K-05024 24-VDC Power Supply
(100 VAC, 50 W)
C200HW-DRT21 I/O Link Unit
(Node 07)
C200HX PC
C200HX PC
H7F 7-segment
Display Device
DRT1-ID16 Remote
I/O Terminal
16 transistor inputs
(Node 01)
DRT1-OD16 Remote
I/O Terminal
16 transistor outputs
(Node 02)
DCN1-1C T-branch Tap
DCN1-3 T-branch Tap with
Terminating Resistor
DCN1-1C T-branch Tap with
Terminating Resistor
DRT1-232C2 RS-232C Unit
allocated 1 input word
(Node 08)
DRT1-TS04T Temperature Input Terminal
with 4 inputs (allocated 4 words)
(Node 03)
Power is supplied to each node in the above diagram using the following devices.
Internal power: S82K-05024 (100 VAC, 50 W)
I/O power:
S82K-05024 (100 VAC, 50 W)
2-2
Preparations
Selecting Units
Select the following Units as shown in 2-1-2 System Configuration Example.
Master Unit:
C200HW-DRM21-V1
Slave Units:
DRT1-ID16
DRT1-OD16
DRT1-TS04T
C200HW-DRT21
DRT1-232C2
There is a complete line of OMRON Master Units and Slave Units available that
are compatible with CompoBus/D. Select Units that suit the needs of the system.
For further details on types of Units, refer to 1-1-2 Available Units.
Wiring
Either Thick Cables or Thin Cables can be used to wire a CompoBus/D Network.
Flexible branching of cables is possible by using either T-branch Taps or multidrop connections. Restrictions on the maximum network length and total branch
line length depends on the baud rate and type of cable used. For details, refer to
the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267).
In 2-1-2 System Configuration Example, Thin Cables are used with T-branch
Taps for connecting Slave Units to the trunk line.
Communications Power
Supply
Each node (Master or Slave) must be supplied with a 24-VDC power supply for
proper CompoBus/D communications. The communications power, however,
can be supplied by communications cables and does not require separate wiring.
For systems that have a short maximum network length, power can be supplied
to all nodes by using one communications power supply. Various conditions,
constraints, and measures affect how the communications power is supplied. In
the examples shown here, the power is supplied from one communications power supply, and communications cables are connected using T-branch Taps.
13
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
Refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267) for details on
methods of supplying communications power.
Note Use the OMRON XW4B-05C4-T-D Connectors shown below when using Thick
Cables and multi-drop connections for wiring.
2-3
Setting and Wiring Hardware
Use the following procedures to mount, set, and wire the hardware.
2-3-1 Mounting and Setting the Master Unit
The components, functions, and switch settings for the C200HW-DRM21-V1
Master Unit mounted to a C200HX PC are shown as an example in the following
diagram. For details on switch settings for CVM1-DRM21-V1 Master Units
mounted to a CV-series or CVM1 PC, refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267).
Settings
Front panel
Rear panel
Indicators
Rear-panel DIP switch
These pins have the following
functions:
Pins 1 to 6: Node address
Pins 7 and 8: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Rotary switch
Here, all pins are set to OFF to set the
node address to 01
This switch sets the Master’s single-digit hexadecimal
unit number. Here, set this switch to 0.
Front-panel DIP switch
These pins have the following functions:
Pins 1 and 2: Baud rate
Pin 3: Continue/stop communications for error
Pin 4: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Here, all pins are turned OFF to set the baud rate to
125 Kbps and to continue communications for errors.
Communications connector
14
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
Restrictions on Master Units Mounted to C200HX PCs
• Master Units can be mounted to C200HX CPU Racks or Expansion I/O Racks.
If a Configurator is used, the following restrictions apply to the number of Master Units that can be mounted to CPU Racks or Expansion I/O Racks.
CPU Unit
881 I/O points min.
880 I/O points max.
C200HX/HG-CPU54/64/6
5/85 (-ZE)
C200HX/HG-CPU34/44
(-ZE)
Maximum Number of
Units
16
10
C200HE (-ZE) all models
If a Configurator is not used, one Master Unit only can be mounted to each
PC (including Expansion I/O Racks).
• Master Units mounted to C200HX PCs cannot be used at the same time as
SYSMAC BUS Master Units.
• C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS Master Units are classified as Special I/O Units. These Master Units can be mounted to any slot on a CPU Rack
or Expansion I/O Rack. Make sure not to set the unit number to the same number as other Special I/O Units.
• The following diagram shows a Master Unit mounted to a PC. The control panel is mounted to the Unit after the Master Unit is mounted to the PC.
Mounting
The Master Unit is mounted to the Backplane of the PC in the same way as other
Units are normally mounted. For details on mounting Master Units to PCs, and
mounting control panels to PCs, refer to the applicable CPU Unit Operation
Manual.
2-3-2 Mounting and Setting Slaves
Settings
The following example shows Slave settings. For details on how to set Slaves,
refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O Slave
Units Specifications.
C200HW-DRM21-V1
Master Unit (Node 00)
DRT1-ID16 Remote I/O Terminal
16 transistor inputs
(Node 01)
DRT1-OD16 Remote I/O Terminal
16 transistor outputs
(Node 01)
DRT1-TS04T Temperature
Input Terminal with 4 inputs
(allocated 4 words)
(Node 03)
C200HW-DRT21 I/O
Link Unit (Node 07)
DRT1-232C2 RS-232C Unit
(allocated 1 input word)
(Node 08)
• DRT-ID16 Remote I/O Terminals (Transistor Inputs)
Node Address: 01
Baud Rate:
125 kbps
15
Setting and Wiring Hardware
Section
2-3
• DRT-OD16 Remote I/O Terminals (Transistor Outputs)
Node Address: 02
Baud Rate:
125 kbps
Hold/Clear Outputs for Communications Error:
Clear
• DRT1-TS04T Temperature Input Terminals
Node Address: 03
Baud Rate:
125 kbps
Temperature Scale:
C
Display Mode for 2 Digits Below Decimal Point:
Normal mode
• C200HW-DRT21 I/O Link Units
Node Address: 07
Unit Number: 0
Baud Rate:
125 kbps
Write Area Handling for Communications Error:
Clear
• DRT1-232C2 RS-232C Units
Node Address: 08
Baud Rate:
125 kbps
Mounting
C200H I/O Link Units
C200H I/O Link Units are mounted to C200HX Backplanes in the same way as
Units are normally mounted to PCs. For details on mounting I/O Link Units to
PCs, and mounting control panels to PCs, refer to the CPU Unit’s Operation
Manual.
A maximum of 16 C200H I/O Link Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack and
Expansion I/O Racks for a C200HX/HG/HE PC.
Remote I/O Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals
Remote I/O Terminals and Temperature Input Terminals are mounted using either of the following two methods.
• Screw Mounting
While referring to the dimensions for each Slave provided in Section 4 Basic
Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O Slave Units Specifications,
open mounting holes in the control panel and secure the Slave Units to the
control panel using M4 screws.
• DIN Track Mounting
Secure the bottom of the Slave Unit to a 35-mm DIN track, or secure the Slave
Unit to the track between two End Plates.
16
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
Mounting Examples
The following diagram shows all Units except the PC node mounted to DIN
tracks.
Master Unit
Input Terminal Output Terminal
Temperature
Input Terminal
C200H I/O Link Unit
RS-232C Unit
2-3-3 Mounting Connecting Devices
Connecting devices that require being mounted are as follows:
• T-branch Taps: Secure to the control panel with screws, or mounted to a DIN
track.
• Terminal-block Terminating Resistors: Secure to the control panel with screws.
Open mounting holes in the control panel and secure the device to the control
panel with screws. Tighten the M4 screws to a tightening torque of 0.6 to
1.18 N m. The method of mounting devices to DIN track is the same as for
Slave Units. Refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267)
for details.
2-3-4 Connecting Cables
Connecting
Communications Cables
1, 2, 3...
Use the following procedure to prepare and connect the communications cables
to the connectors. Although some connectors are equipped with set screws and
some are not, the methods used to connect the cables to the connectors are the
same.
1. Remove about 30 mm of the cable covering, being careful not to damage the
shield weaving underneath. Do not remove more than about 30 mm; removing too much of the covering can result in short circuits.
About 30 mm
2. Carefully peel back the weaving. You will find the signal lines, power lines,
and the shielding wire. The shielding wire will be loose on the outside of the
other lines, but it is harder than the weaving and should be easily identified.
Shielding wire
17
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
3. Remove the exposed weaving, remove the aluminum tape from the signal
and power lines, and strip the covering from the signal and power lines to the
proper length for the crimp terminal connectors. Twist together the wires of
each of the signal and power lines.
Strip to match the crimp terminals
Crimp Terminals
We recommend the following crimp terminals.
• Phoenix Contact, AI-series Crimp Terminals
Crimp
terminal
Wire
Insert the line into the terminal and then crimp.
The following crimp tool is also available.
Phoenix Contact, ZA3 Crimp Tool
4. Attach the crimp terminals to the lines and then cover any exposed areas of
the cable and lines with electricians tape or heat-shrinking tubes.
5. Orient the connector properly, loosen the line set screws, and then insert the
lines in order: Black, blue, shield, white, and then red. The wiring method is
the same regardless of whether or not the connector is equipped with set
screws.
Connector without Set Screws
Black (–V)
Connector with Set Screws
Black (–V)
Blue (CAN low)
Blue (CAN low)
Shield
Shield
White (CAN high)
Red (+V)
White (CAN high)
Red (+V)
Note Be sure the line set screws are sufficiently loosened before attempting to insert the lines. If these screws are not loose, the lines will enter
the gaps in the back of the connector and will not lock properly.
6. Tighten the line set screws for each line in the connector. Tighten the screws
to a torque of 0.25 to 0.3 N@m.
18
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
You will not be able to tighten these screws with a normal screwdriver, which
narrows to a point at the end. You will need a screwdriver that is consistently
thin for the entire length.
Connector without Set Screws
Use a flat-blade screwdriver that is
consistently thin at the end.
Connecting Master Units and Slaves
There are colored stickers provided on the Master Unit and Slaves that match
the colors of the lines to be inserted. Be sure that the colors match when wiring
the connectors. These colors are as follows:
Color
Signal
Black
Power line, negative voltage (–V)
Blue
Communications line, low (CAN low)
---
Shield
White
Communications line, high (CAN high)
Red
Power line, positive voltage (+V)
The OMRON XW4Z-00C Screwdriver is available for tightening the line set
screws. The end of the screwdriver has the following dimensions.
Side View
Front View
0.6 mm
3.5 mm
19
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
Connecting Nodes
2-3
Align the node connector with the cable connector and fully insert the projecting
part of the cable connector into the node connector. Depending on the type of
Slave used, the connectors are secured with screws or a connector band, or
there is no component for securing the connectors. Always fix securely those
connectors that can be secured.
Master
Input Terminal Output Terminal
Temperature
Input Terminal
C200H I/O Link Unit
RS-232C Unit
Multi-drop Connections
• Multi-drop Connections with Accessory Connector (Thin Cables Only)
The connectors provided with the Units can be used for a multi-drop connection as long as thin cables are being used, just insert both lines into the same
hole in the connector. Be sure to use crimp connectors on both lines. The following illustration shows a multi-drop connection for a connector without set
screws.
• Multi-drop Connections with Special Connector (Thin or Thick Cables)
A multi-drop wiring connector (sold separately) can be used to wire a multidrop connector for either thin or thick cables. This multi-drop wiring connector
is required to wire a multi-drop connection with thick cables, which are too thick
for two lines to fit into the connector provided with the Units.
20
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
The multi-drop wiring connector cannot always be used with Master Units or the
CQM1 I/O Link Units because it may come into contact with the Units mounted
next to the Master Unit or the CQM1 I/O Link Unit. If this happens, use a T-branch
Tap to wire the connection.
Securing Slave Connectors with Screws
Tighten the screws fixing the connectors to a torque of 0.25 to 0.3 Nm.
Securing Slave Connectors with Connector Bands
Use the following procedure to secure connectors with connector bands.
1, 2, 3...
1. Pull out the connector band from the Slave Unit.
Slave
Connector band
Slave
2. Lift up the connector band.
3. Insert the connector into the Slave Unit.
4. Wrap the connector band around the connector and secure firmly.
21
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
Mounting Terminating
Resistors
2-3
Terminating Resistors must be used at both ends of the trunk line.
Terminating Resistors
• T-branch Tap Terminating Resistors
A terminating resistor is included with the T-branch Tap. Clip the leads on the
resistor to about 3 mm and insert it into the T-branch Tap as shown in the following diagram. The resistor can face in either direction.
• Terminal-block Terminating Resistors
A terminating resistor is built into the Terminal-block Terminating Resistor. To
connect the cable to the Terminating Resistor, attach standard M3 crimp terminals to the signal wires and securely screw the terminals to the Terminal-block
Terminating Resistor. Tighten to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 N@m.
6.0 mm max.
6.0 mm max.
• Supplying Communications Power Using T-branch Taps
Connect the V+ and V– of the power lines to the connectors in the same way as
for the communications cables. If the communications power supply is in one
location only, connect a shield to the connectors when fixing them, and ground
to 100 Ω max.
T-branch Tap or Power Supply Tap
V+
CAN H
Shield
CAN L
Communications
cable
Communications
power supply
V–
Ground (100 Ω max.)
FG
V– V+
Communications
power supply
Ground (100 Ω max.)
Power supply with cable grounded
(one location only)
22
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
If Terminating Resistors are connected to T-branch Taps, connect to the T-branch Tap furthest
from the power supply. The T-branch Tap, however, must be within 6 m of the furthest node.
24-VDC power supply
C200HX PC
C200HX PC
7-segment display
device M7F
T-branch Tap
T-branch Tap
T-branch Tap
Remote I/O Terminal
RS-232C Unit
Remote I/O Terminal
Temperature Input Terminal
If Terminal-block Terminating Resistors are used, the Terminating Resistor must be connected to the end of a cable within 1 m from the furthest node.
2-3-5 Wiring the Internal Power Supply
Most nodes on the network require an internal power supply in addition to the
communications power supply to operate the device. Supply internal power to all
nodes except for the Master Unit and C200H I/O Link Unit. Connect M3 crimp
terminals to the power lines and then connect them to the terminal block. Tighten
the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 Nm.
6.0 mm max.
6.0 mm max.
Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block. The following example shows the internal power supply for a Remote I/O Terminal.
–
+
23
Section
Setting and Wiring Hardware
2-3
2-3-6 Wiring the I/O Power Supply
If required, an I/O power supply for I/O devices is connected to the Remote I/O
Terminals. Connect M3 crimp terminals to the power lines and then connect
them to the terminal block. Tighten the screws fixing the crimp terminals to a
torque of 0.3 to 0.5 Nm.
6.0 mm max.
6.0 mm max.
Refer to the wiring details for each Slave for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block. The following example shows the I/O power supply
for a Remote I/O Terminal.
–
+
2-3-7 Wiring I/O
Connect M3 crimp terminals to the signal lines of Remote I/O Terminals and
Temperature Input Terminals and then connect them to the terminal block. Tighten the screws holding the crimp terminals to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 Nm.
6.0 mm max.
6.0 mm max.
Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications for information on the terminal arrangement at the terminal block and external I/O for each Slave. The following
example shows the internal power supply for a Remote I/O Terminal.
24
Section
Starting Communications
2-4
2-4
Starting Communications
After setting and wiring the hardware, turn ON the communications power supply, the internal power supply of each node, and the I/O power supply, and then
start communications using the following procedure.
2-4-1 Creating I/O Tables for the Master Unit
I/O tables must be created in the CPU Unit to distinguish between the different
Slaves mounted to the PC.
Turn ON the PC to which the Master Unit and C200H I/O Link Unit are mounted,
connect the Peripheral Devices to the PC, and create the I/O tables. Once the
I/O tables have been created, turn OFF the power to the PC. The following example shows the procedure for creating I/O tables using a Programming Console. For details on creating I/O tables, refer to the Operation Manual for the Peripheral Device being used.
1, 2, 3...
1. Turn ON power to Master Unit.
2. Switch the operating mode switch to PROGRAM mode.
3. Input the following key sequence.
<PROGRAM>
PASSWORD!
<PROGRAM>
BZ
00000
00000
FUN (0??)
00000IOTBL
?Ć?U=
?
00000IOTBL
WRIT
????
00000IOTBL
WRIT
9713
00000IOTBL
OK
WRIT
Precautions
• Do not turn ON multiple Master Units in a CompoBus/D Network until scan lists
for all Masters have been registered. Finish creating I/O tables for one Master
Unit before creating tables for another Master Unit.
• Do not turn ON the power supply to other nodes or the communications power
supply when creating I/O tables.
2-4-2 Starting the System
Turn ON the communications power supply and the power to other nodes in the
following order.
1, 2, 3...
1. Turn ON the communications power supply.
2. Turn ON the power to each Slave.
25
Section
Starting Communications
2-4
3. Turn ON the power to the Master Unit.
The power supplies listed above can all be turned ON simultaneously. The external I/O power supply can be turned ON at any time.
2-4-3 Creating and Registering Scan Lists
Scan lists are lists that register the information that is transferred between Master Units and Slaves. The Master Unit compares the scan list with the status of
the Slave currently being communicated with, so communications with the
Slave are always being checked.
For details on scan lists and remote I/O communications, refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267).
Note When the scan list is disabled, communications are possible with all Slaves on
the CompoBus/D Network with fixed allocations. Without scan lists, however,
the Master Unit cannot check if there is an error in a Slave. For normal operations, always enable the scan lists.
Precautions
• User I/O Allocations
The user can allocated desired words for Slave I/O in the CompoBus/D I/O
Areas (Input Area, Output Area) in the Master Unit. When user allocations are
used, scan lists must be created with a CompoBus/D Configurator and registered in the Master Unit. The scan list is enabled as soon as it is registered, and
I/O communications start according to the scan list. For details, refer to the
CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267) and the CompoBus/D
Configurator Operation Manual (W328).
• Fixed I/O Allocations
Slave I/O is allocated in the CompoBus/D I/O area (Input Area, Output Area) in
the Master Unit in the same order as the Slave node addresses. When fixed
allocations are used, the scan lists are automatically created and registered
using the software switches. The scan list is enabled as soon as it is registered,
and I/O communications start according to the scan list. The registered scan
lists can be cleared using the software switches.
Note If scan lists are not enabled, operation will be performed on the CompoBus/D
network according to fixed allocations, but the Master will not be able to recognize errors. Always enable the scan lists during normal operation.
Creating and Registering
Fixed Allocation Scan
Lists
26
The method of creating and registering scan lists for fixed allocation using Programming Console is explained here. For details on operating the Peripheral
Device, refer to the Operation Manual for the Peripheral Device being used with
the PC. For details on creating scan lists, refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet)
Operation Manual (W267). For fixed allocations, the PC’s Peripheral Device is
used to operate the Master Unit’s software switches, monitor the Status Areas
(Master Status Area 1 and Registered Slave Data Area), and create and register
scan lists.
Section
Starting Communications
2-4
Creating and Registering Scan Lists
Use the following procedure to create, register, and enable the scan lists.
• The following procedure shows how to clear scan lists.
00000
0
0
c100
0000
2
c100
0002
c100
B200
0
1, 2, 3...
c100
0000
1. Switch the operating mode switch to PROGRAM mode.
2. Display the initial screen.
3. Monitor IR 100 (software switches).
4. Turn ON bit 01(Scan List Clear Bit).
5. Monitor IR 101 (Master Status Area 1) and check that bit 09 (scan list operation end) turns ON.
6. Turn OFF bit IR 10001.
• The following procedure shows how to check the registered slave data.
c102
018F
c103
0000
c104
0000
c105
0000
Monitor IR 102 to IR 105 (Registered Slave Data Area), and check that bits
00, 01, 02, 03, 07, and 08 are ON.
The numbers in the following table indicate the node addresses. In the Registered Slave Data Area, the bits corresponding to the nodes that are communicating properly are ON.
Bit
IR 102
IR 103
IR 104
IR 105
27
Section
Starting Communications
2-4
• The following procedure shows how to create and register scan lists.
0
c100
0000
0
c100
0001
c101
9200
c100
0000
0
1, 2, 3...
1. Monitor IR 100 (software switches).
2. Turn ON bit 00 (Scan List Enable Bit).
3. Monitor IR 101 (Master Status Area 1), and check that bit 09 (scan list operation end) turns ON.
4. Turn OFF bit IR 10000. The scan list will be created, registered, and I/O
communications will start with the scan list enabled.
Software Switches and Status Area
The software switches and Status Area are allocated in IR words according to
the Master Unit’s unit number as shown in the following diagram.
Master Unit
C200HX/HG/HE/HS CPU Unit
IR Area
IR 100 Unit No. 0
Unit No. 0
IR 100
IR 101
Software switch: 1 word
Status Area: 9 words
IR 190 Unit No. 9
Unit No. 0 to 9
First word: 100 + (10
unit No.)
Unit No. A to F
First word: 400 + 110
(unit No. – 10)
10 words
IR 109
IR 400 Unit No. A
IR 450 Unit No. F
DM Area
Unit No. 0
Unit No. 1
Unit No. 0
Status Area: 2 words
First word: DM 6032 + (2
unit No.)
Unit No. F
The following diagram shows the Status Area configuration for unit number 0.
IR Area
IR 101
IR 102
Master Status Area 1 (1 word)
Registered Slave Data Area (4 words)
IR 106
Normal Slave Data Area (4 words)
IR 109
DM Area
DM 6032
DM 6033
28
Master Status Area 2 (1 word)
Current Communications Cycle Time
(1 word)
Section
Checking Operations
2-5
2-5
Checking Operations
Use the procedures provided here to check that I/O communications are operating normally.
2-5-1 Indicator Status
I/O communications are operating normally if the MS and NS indicators for all
nodes are lit in green, and the 7-segment indicator on the front panel of the Master Unit is displaying the node address of the Master Unit as shown in the following diagram (when the Master Unit’s node address is 00), and the scan list is enabled.
Master Unit
OFF: Scan list enabled
Master Unit node address 00
2-5-2 Reading and Writing Data
Connect the Peripheral Device for the PC to the Master Unit, write the Master
Unit’s Output Area and are read the Input Area, and check that the data is the
same in the Slaves.
Refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267) for details on
Output Area and Input Area addresses and how to allocate Slave I/O.
I/O Between Remote I/O
Terminals
Create ladder programs in the PC of the Master Unit, and check that when the
switch on the DRT1-ID16 Input Terminal turns ON, the indicator on the
DRT1-OD16 Output Terminal turns OFF.
Master Unit
DRT1-ID16
Input Terminal
Switch1 (bit 00)
DRT1-OD16
Output Terminal
Indicator (bit 00)
Slave Allocations
In the system configuration examples in this section, Slave I/O is allocated in the
Master Unit’s IR Area for fixed remote I/O communications as shown in the following diagram.
Input Area
Output area
IR 50
Not used.
IR 350
Not used.
IR 51
IR 52
IR 53
IR 54
IR 55
IR 56
IR 57
Not used.
IR 351
IR 352
IR 353
IR 354
IR 355
IR 356
IR 357
DRT1-ID16
DRT1-OD16
Not used.
IR 58
C200HW-DRT21
Not used.
IR 59
Not used.
Not used.
DRT1-TS04T
IR 358
C200HW-DRT21
DRT1-232C2
IR 359
Not used.
29
Section
Checking Operations
Displaying Temperature
Data with 7-segment
Display
2-5
Operation can be checked by displaying the temperature data input into the
Temperature Input Terminal on the 7-segment display (static, negative logic
model) connected to the Output Unit (IR 110) of the Master’s PC.
The temperature data can be converted to BCD data by using the BCD(024)
instruction (when the temperature data is negative, it can be converted to positive data using the NEG(160) instruction). For details on using instructions, refer
to the C200HX, C200HG, C200HE Programmable Controllers Operation Manual (W322).
35315
NEG
Rightmost bit of temperature data
353
DM1000
35315
MOV (21)
353
DM1000
25315
BCD (24)
Normally ON
DM1000
110
• Use the MVN(022) instruction to reverse data for displays that require positive
logic.
• Use the 7SEG(214) instruction in the I/O Unit instructions for dynamic displays.
Checking I/O Links for
C200H I/O Link Units
Read/Write Areas in the C200H I/O Link Unit are allocated by default to the
words in the PC that it is mounted to as follows:
Read Area:
Write Area:
IR 50 (1 word)
IR 350 (1 word)
The C200H I/O Link Unit’s Read/Write Areas are normally linked to the Input/
Output Areas of the Master (the Input/Output Areas occupied by the C200H I/O
Link Unit in the Master Unit) as shown in the following diagram.
Input Area Output area
Master Unit
IR 057
IR 357
Slave
IR 050
C200H I/O Link Unit
IR 350
Read Area Write Area
Connect the Peripheral Device to the PC, monitor the changes in current positions, and check that the links are operating normally.
30
SECTION 3
Sample Programs
This section provides ladder program examples to explain applications of explicit DeviceNet messages when used with
C200H I/O Link Units and RS-232C Units.
3-1
3-2
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-1 Reading Data from a Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-2 Writing Data to Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-232C Unit Application Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2-1 Setting Port Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2-2 Reading RS-232C Unit Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2-3 Reading Data Received by RS-232C Unit Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
32
34
36
36
40
43
31
Section
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples
3-1
3-1
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples
This section explains the procedure for using explicit messages with a C200H
I/O Link Unit. The following system configuration example is used in this example. When explicit messages are used with a C200H I/O Link Unit, the areas in
the Slave’s PC can be read or written.
C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master Unit
(node address 00, unit number 0)
C200HW-DRT21 I/O Link Unit
(node address 07)
C200HX PC
T-branch Tap
24-VDC power supply
Terminating Resistor
T-branch Tap
Terminating Resistor
T-branch Tap
3-1-1 Reading Data from a Slave
With the following program, 10 words (20 bytes) of data is read from DM 1000 of
the Slave (PC to which C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted) when IR 00000 turns ON
in the CPU Unit of the Master Unit. The data that is read is stored in the response
storage words DM 0103 to DM 0112.
Ladder Program
25315
BSET (71)
#0000
00001
Clears the response storage words (DM 0100 to
DM 0113) when the program starts or data reading
starts.
DM0100
DM0113
25315
MOV (21)
#8200
DM0000
Response storage word: DM 0100
(82 Hex: DM; 0064 Hex: word 100; 00 Hex: Word data)
MOV (21)
#6400
DM0001
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV (21)
#0064
DM0002
Number of command data bytes: 12 bytes
MOV (21)
#000B
DM0003
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
MOV (21)
#2801
DM0004
Slave node address: 07
BYTE DATA READ command service code: 1C Hex
MOV (21)
#071C
DM0005
32
Section
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples
3-1
Class ID: 2F Hex
MOV (21)
#002F
DM0006
Instance ID: DM Area (03 Hex)
MOV (21)
#0003
DM0007
First read address: 03E8 Hex (word 1000)
MOV (21)
#E803
DM0008
Number of bytes read: 20 bytes (10 words)
MOV (21)
#1400
DM0009
When IR 00000 turns ON, IR 00001 will turn ON
for one cycle (as a differentiated bit).
00000
DIFU (13)
00001
When differentiated bit IR 00001 turns ON, the sequential processing control bit IR 03000 will turn ON.
00001
MOV (21)
#0001
030
03000
10112
IOWR
#00FE
DM0000
#0010
25506
When IR 03000 turns ON, the CPU Unit will check that
IR 10112 (Unit number 0 Master’s Message Communications Execution Enabled Flag) is ON, and message
transmission will start.
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit address
FE Hex
DM 0000: Command data storage words
MOV (21)
#0000
030
25506
MOV (21)
#0001
030
END (01)
0010 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 10 command data
words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has been
completed normally), IR 03000 will be cleared (message
transmission completed).
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the Master),
IR 03000 will be turned ON, and the data will be transmitted again.
Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit, specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID.
Response
When data is read properly, the response will be stored as shown in the following
table.
Words
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
DM 0100
28 01
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0103 onwards) is 22
bytes.
DM 0101
00 00
DM 0102
00 16
DM 0103
07 9C
Slave node address is 07.
DM 0104
xx xx
BYTE DATA READ response service
code is 9C Hex.
Data read from word DM 1000 of Slave.
to
to
---
DM 0113
xx xx
Data read from word DM 1009 of Slave.
33
Section
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples
3-1
3-1-2 Writing Data to Slave
With the following example, DM 0009 to DM 0018 in the Master’s CPU Unit are
written to IR 000 to IR 009 (20 bytes) in the Slave (CPU Unit to which C200H I/O
Link Unit is mounted) when IR 00002 turns ON in the CPU Unit of the Master
Unit. Before IR 00002 turns ON at the Master Unit, make sure that the data to be
written to the Slave is stored in DM 0009 to DM 0018.
Ladder Program
25315
BSET(71)
#0000
Clears the response storage words (DM 0100 to DM
0103) when the program starts or data writing starts.
DM0100
00003
DM0103
25315
MOV(21)
#8200
DM1000
MOV(21)
Response storage word: DM 0100
(82 Hex: DM; 0064 Hex: word 100; 00 Hex: Word data)
#6400
DM1001
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM1002
Number of command data bytes: 30 bytes
MOV(21)
#001E
DM1003
MOV(21)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
#2801
DM1004
MOV(21)
Slave node address: 07
BYTE DATA READ command service code: 1E Hex
#071E
DM1005
Class ID=2F Hex
MOV(21)
#002F
DM1006
Instance ID: IR Area 1 (01 Hex)
MOV(21)
#0001
DM1007
First write address: 0000 Hex (word 000)
MOV(21)
#0000
DM1008
00002
DIFU(13)
When IR 00002 turns ON, IR 00003 will turn ON
for once cycle (as differentiated bit).
00003
When IR 00003 turns ON, the sequential processing
control bit IR 04000 will turn ON.
00003
MOV(21)
#0001
040
34
Section
C200H I/O Link Unit Application Examples
04000
10112
IOWR
#00FE
DM1000
#0019
3-1
When IR 04000 turns ON, the CPU Unit will check that
IR 10112 (Unit number 0 Master’s Message Communications Execution Enabled Flag) is ON, and message transmission will start.
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit address FE Hex
DM 1000: Command data storage words
25506
MOV(21)
#0000
040
25506
MOV(21)
#0001
040
0019 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 19 command data
words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 04000 will be cleared
(message transmission completed).
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the Master), IR 04000 will be turned ON, and the data will be
transmitted again.
END(01)
Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit, specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID.
Response
When data is written properly, the response will be stored as shown in the following table.
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0100
28 01
DM 0101
00 00
DM 0102
00 02
DM 0103
07 9E
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0103 onwards) is 2
bytes.
Slave node address is 07.
BYTE DATA READ response service
code is 9E Hex.
35
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
3-2
3-2
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
This section explains the procedure for using explicit messages with an
RS-232C Unit. The following system configuration example is used in this example. When explicit messages are used with an RS-232C Unit, the communications conditions for ports 1 and 2 on the RS-232C Unit can be set individually,
and data can be read or written to the RS-232C Unit.
C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master Unit
(node address 00, unit number 0)
24-VDC power supply
C200HX PC
T-branch Tap
Terminating Resistor
T-branch Tap
Terminating Resistor
T-branch Tap
Port 1
Port 2
DRT1-232C2 RS-232C Unit
(node address 08)
Bar Code Bar Code
Reader 1 Reader 2
3-2-1 Setting Port Parameters
When IR 00000 (port 1 settings) or IR 00001 (port 2 settings) turns ON in the
CPU Unit of the Master Unit, the RS-232C Unit’s port parameters will be set. For
details on Bar Code Reader settings, refer to the Bar Code Reader’s Operation
Manual.
Set the port parameters as follows:
• Port 1 Parameters
Data length:
8 bits
Parity:
None
Stop bits:
1
Header code: Disabled
Delimiter code: Enabled
Flow control:
Enabled
Baud rate:
9,600 bps
Delimiter code
CR code:
0D Hex
Number of bytes received after delimiter:0
• Port 2 Parameters
Data length:
7 bits
Parity:
Even
Stop bits:
2
Header code: Enabled
Delimiter code: Enabled
Flow control:
Disabled
Baud rate:
2,400 bps
Header code
STX code:
02 Hex
Delimiter code
ETX code:
03 Hex
36
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
3-2
Number of bytes received after delimiter:0
If any of the port parameters are changed, the changed settings will become valid only when the port is reset or the RS-232C Unit is started up again. In the following programming example, the ports are reset after the parameters are set.
Ladder Program
25315
Clears the DM Area words being used when the
program starts.
BSET(71)
#0000
DM0000
DM0999
Port 1 and 2 parameter setting common data
25315
MOV(21)
#8200
DM0000
MOV(21)
Response storage word: DM 0100
(82 Hex: DM; 0064 Hex: word 100; 00 Hex: Word
data)
#6400
DM0001
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM0002
Number of command data bytes: 15 bytes
MOV(21)
#000F
DM0003
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
MOV(21)
#2801
DM0004
Slave node address: 08
PARAMETER SET command service code: 10 Hex
MOV(21)
#0810
DM0005
Class ID: 94 Hex
MOV(21)
#0094
DM0006
Instance ID: 01 Hex
MOV(21)
#0001
DM0007
37
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
25315
3-2
Port 1 and 2 resetting common data
MOV(21)
#8201
DM0400
MOV(21)
Response storage words: DM 0450
(82 Hex: DM; 01C2 Hex: word 450; 00 Hex: Word data)
#C200
DM0401
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM0402
Number of command data bytes: 8 bytes
MOV(21)
#0008
DM0403
MOV(21)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
#2801
DM0404
MOV(21)
Slave node address: 08
RS-232C PORT RESET command service code:
05 Hex
#0805
DM0405
Class ID: 94 Hex
MOV(21)
#0094
DM0406
25315
MOV(21)
#6408
Port 1 parameter setting data
ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID: 64 Hex
8-bit data length, no parity, 1 stop bit: 08 Hex
DM0020
MOV(21)
#0103
Disabled header code, enabled delimiter code,
enabled flow control: 01 Hex
9,600-bps baud rate: 03 Hex
DM0021
Delimiter code: CR code (0D Hex)
MOV(21)
#000D
DM0022
MOV(21)
Number of transmission bytes after delimiter: 0
#0000
DM0023
Port 2 parameter setting data
MOV(21)
#6B03
DM0024
MOV((21)
#0401
DM0025
MOV(21)
#0203
ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID: 6B Hex
7-bit data length, even parity, 2 stop bits: 03 Hex
Enabled header code, enabled delimiter code, disabled flow control: 04 Hex
2,400-bps baud rate: 01 Hex
Header code: STX code (02 Hex)
Delimiter code: ETX code (03 Hex)
DM0026
Number of transmission bytes after delimiter: 0
MOV(21)
#0000
DM0027
38
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
00000
3-2
00001
Writing data from port 1 to command data area
XFER(70)
#0004
DM0020
DM0008
When IR 00000 turns ON, data held at port 1 will
be written to the command data area.
MOV(21)
#0002
DM0407
DIFU(13)
00002
00000
IR 00002 turned ON for one cycle (as a differentiated
bit).
Writing data from port 2 to command data area
00001
XFER(70)
#0004
DM0024
DM0008
When IR 00001 turns ON, data held at port 2 will
be written to the command data area.
MOV(21)
#0003
DM0407
IR 00003 turned ON for one cycle (as a differentiated
bit).
DIFU(13)
00003
00002
MOV(21)
#0001
00003
When IR 00002 or IR 00003 turns ON, the sequential processing control bit IR 03000 will turn ON.
030
03001
IOWR
#00FE
DM0400
#0008
25506
MOV(21)
#0002
030
25506
MOV(21)
#0000
030
03000
10112
MOV(21)
#0000
030
IOWR
When IR 03001 turns ON, the port reset message
will be transmitted.
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit address FE Hex
DM 0400: Command data storage words
0008 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 8 command data
words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the Master), IR 03001 will be turned ON, and the data will be
transmitted again.
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 03001 will be cleared
(message transmission completed).
When IR 03000 turns ON, the CPU Unit will check
that IR 10112 (unit no. 0 Master’s Message Communications Enabled Flag) is ON, and the ALL PARAMETER SET message is transmitted.
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit
address FE Hex
DM 0000: Command data storage words
#00FE
DM0000
#0012
25506
MOV(21)
#0001
030
25506
0012 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 12 command
data words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the
Master), IR 03001 will be turned ON, and the data
will be transmitted again.
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 03001 will be turned
ON (the port will be reset).
MOV(21)
#0002
030
END(01)
39
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
Note
Responses
3-2
1. When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit, specify
2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID. Set 1 byte as the Attribute
ID for the parameter setting command.
2. The parameters that are set are held internally.
3. To enable the parameters that have been set, the RS-232C PORT RESET
command has been used in the program examples. The parameters can
also be enabled, however, by turning OFF the power to the RS-232C Unit
and then turning it ON again.
The following responses will be stored if the parameters are set properly.
PARAMETER SET Response
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0100
28 01
DM 0101
00 00
DM 0102
00 02
DM 0103
08 90
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0103 onwards) is 2
bytes.
Slave node address is 08.
PARAMETER SET response service
code is 90 Hex.
PORT RESET Response
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0450
28 01
DM 0451
00 00
DM 0452
00 02
DM 0453
08 85
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0453 onwards) is 2
bytes.
Slave node address is 08.
PORT RESET response service code is
85 Hex.
3-2-2 Reading RS-232C Unit Parameters
With the following example, the port parameters that are set for the RS-232C
Unit are all read for the port when IR 00004 (port 1) or IR 00005 (port 2) turns ON
in the CPU Unit of the Master Unit.
When the RS-232C Unit’s PARAMETER READ command is used, the parameters that are valid at that time will be read. After setting the parameters, the
RS-232C Unit must be turned OFF and then ON again, or the ports must be reset
for the new parameters to be enabled.
40
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
3-2
Ladder Program
25315
BSET(71)
#0000
Clears all DM Area words being used when the
program starts.
DM0000
DM0999
25315
MOV(21)
#8200
DM0050
MOV(21)
Response storage words: DM 0150
(82 Hex: DM; 0096 Hex: word 150; 00 Hex: Word data)
#9600
DM0051
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM0052
MOV(21)
Number of command data bytes: 9 bytes
#0009
DM0053
MOV(21)
#2801
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
DM0054
MOV(21)
#080E
Slave node address: 08
PARAMETER READ command service code: 0E Hex
DM0055
Class ID: 94 Hex
MOV(21)
#0094
DM0056
Instance ID: 01 Hex
MOV(21)
#0001
DM0057
00004
00005
MOV(21)
#6400
DM0058
00006
IR 00006 is turned ON for one cycle (as a differentiated
bit).
#6B00
When IR 00005 turns ON, the ALL PARAMETER
READ command for port 2 and Attribute ID (6B Hex)
are written as command data.
DIFU(13)
00004
When IR 00004 turns ON, the ALL PARAMETER
READ command for port 1 and Attribute ID (64 Hex)
are written as command data.
00005
MOV((21)
DM0058
DIFU(13)
00007
IR 00007 is turned ON for one cycle (as a differentiated
bit).
When IR 00006 or IR 00007 turns ON, the sequential
processing control bit IR 03100 turns ON.
00006
MOV(21)
#0001
031
00007
41
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
03100
3-2
10112
IOWR
#00FE
DM0050
When IR 03100 turns ON, the CPU Unit will check
that IR 10112 (unit no. 0 Master’s Message Communications Enabled Flag) is ON, and message
transmission will start.
#0009
25506
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit
address FE Hex
MOV(21)
#0000
031
25506
MOV(21)
#0001
031
END(01)
DM 0050: Command data storage words
0009 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 9 command
data words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 03101 will be cleared
(message transmission completed).
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the
Master), IR 03101 will be turned ON, and the data
will be transmitted again.
Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit, specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID. Set 1 byte as the Attribute ID for the
PARAMETER READ command.
Response
The following response will be stored if the parameters are read properly.
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0150
28 01
DM 0151
00 00
DM 0152
00 08
DM 0153
08 8E
DM 0154
xx xx
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0153 onwards) is 8
bytes.
Slave node address is 08.
PARAMETER READ response service
code is 8E Hex.
Leftmost byte: Setting for the data bit
length
Rightmost byte: Setting for the header
code enable/disable
DM 0155
DM 0156
xx xx
xx xx
Leftmost byte: Setting for the baud rate
Rightmost byte: Setting for the header
code
Leftmost byte: Setting for the delimiter
code
Rightmost byte: Setting for the number
of bytes/frames received after the
delimiter
42
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
3-2
3-2-3 Reading Data Received by RS-232C Unit Ports
In the following example, the data received by the Bar Code Reader is stored in
the receive buffer of the RS-232C Unit and read to the Master Unit. If there is
data already in the receive buffer of the RS-232C Unit, it will be read to the Master Unit. Response data from port 1 is stored in DM 0300 onwards, and response
data from port 2 is stored in DM 0350 onwards. In the following program example, however, the data received is no more than 50 words (100 bytes).
Ladder Program
25315
BSET(71)
#0000
Clears all DM Area words being used when the
program starts.
DM0000
DM0999
25315
MOV(21)
#8201
DM0200
Setting data for executing the RECEIVE DATA READ
command for port 1
Response storage word: DM 0300
(82 Hex: DM; 012C Hex: word 300; 00 Hex: Word
data)
MOV(21)
#2C00
DM0201
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM0202
Number of command data bytes: 9 bytes
MOV(21)
#0009
DM0203
MOV(21)
#2801
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
DM0204
MOV(21)
#080E
Slave node address: 08
RECEIVE DATA READ command service code: 0E Hex
DM0205
Class ID: 94 Hex
MOV(21)
#0094
DM0206
Port 1 RECEIVE DATA READ Instance ID: 02 Hex
MOV(21)
#0002
DM0207
Attribute ID: 64 Hex
MOV(21)
#6400
DM0208
43
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
25315
3-2
Setting data for executing the RECEIVE DATA READ
command for port 2
MOV(21)
#8201
DM0250
MOV(21)
Response storage words: DM 0350
(82 Hex: DM; 015E Hex: word 350; 00 Hex: Word data)
#5E00
DM0251
Response monitoring time: 10 s
MOV(21)
#0064
DM0252
Number of command data bytes: 9 bytes
MOV(21)
#0009
DM0253
MOV(21)
#2801
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command code (FINS):
2801 Hex
DM0254
MOV(21)
#080E
Slave node address: 08
RECEIVE DATA READ command service code: 0E Hex
DM0255
Class ID: 94 Hex
MOV(21)
#0094
DM0256
Port 1 RECEIVE DATA READ Instance ID: 03 Hex
MOV(21)
#0003
DM0257
Attribute ID: 64 Hex
MOV(21)
#6400
DM0258
35802
35803
Reading Data Received at Port 1
MOV(21)
#0001
032
03200
10112
MOV(21)
#0000
032
If SR 35802 (Port 1 RS-232C Receiving Flag) is OFF
and SR 35803 (Port 1 RS-232C Received Flag) is
ON, the sequential processing control bit IR 03200
will be turned ON.
When IR 03200 turns ON, the CPU Unit will
check that IR 10112 (unit no. 0 Master’s Message Communications Enabled Flag) is ON,
and message transmission will start.
IOWR
#00FE
DM0200
#0009
25506
MOV(21)
#0001
032
25506
#0000
032
35811
MOV(21)
#0001
033
44
DM 0200: Command data storage words
0009 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 9 command data
words (BCD)
MOV(21)
35810
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit address FE Hex
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the Master), IR 03200 will be turned ON, and the data will be
transmitted again.
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 03200 will be cleared
(message transmission completed).
Section
RS-232C Unit Application Examples
03300
10112
3-2
Reading Data Received at Port 2
MOV(21)
#0000
033
IOWR
#00FE
DM0250
#0009
25506
If SR 35810 (Port 2 RS-232C Receiving Flag) is OFF
and SR 35811 (Port 2 RS-232C Received Flag) is ON,
the sequential processing control bit IR 03300 will be
turned ON.
When IR 03200 turns ON, the Unit will check
that IR 10112 (unit no. 0 Master’s Message
Communications Enabled Flag) is ON, and
message transmission starts.
00FE: Master’s node address 00, Master’s unit
address FE Hex
DM 0250: Command data storage words
MOV(21)
#0001
033
25506
MOV(21)
#0000
033
END(01)
0009 Hex: Master’s unit number 00, 9 command
data words (BCD)
If the Equals Flag is OFF (error in writing to the
Master), IR 03300 will be turned ON, and the data
will be transmitted again.
If the Equals Flag is ON (writing to the Master has
been completed normally), IR 03300 will be
cleared (message transmission completed).
Note When transmitting explicit messages from an OMRON Master Unit, specify 2 bytes each for the Class ID and the Instance ID. Set 1 byte as the Attribute ID for the
RECEIVE DATA READ command.
Responses
The following responses will be stored if the data is read properly.
Port 1 Response
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0200
28 01
DM 0201
00 00
DM 0202
xx xx
DM 0203
08 8E
DM 0204 on
xx xx...
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0203 onwards).
Slave node address is 08.
RECEIVE DATA READ response
service code is 8E Hex.
Data received from port 1 of the
RS-232C Unit and read is stored in
order from the leftmost byte to the
rightmost byte.
Port 2 Response
Words
Contents (Hex)
DM 0250
28 01
DM 0251
00 00
DM 0252
xx xx
DM 0253
08 8E
DM 0254 on
xx xx...
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code is 28 01 Hex.
Response code is 0000 Hex (normal
completion).
Number of bytes received (data length
from word DM 0253 onwards).
Slave node address is 08.
RECEIVE DATA READ response
service code is 8E Hex.
Data received from port 2 of the
RS-232C Unit and read is stored in
order from the leftmost byte to the
rightmost byte.
45
SECTION 4
Basic Slave Specifications
This section provides Slave specifications and describes their components, indicators, switch settings, etc.
4-1
4-2
Common Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1-1 Communications Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1-2 MS and NS Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1-3 Common Slave Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-1 Common Basic Slave Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-2 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-3 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID08-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-4 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-5 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID16-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-6 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-7 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD08-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-8 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-9 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD16-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-10 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT1-ID08C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-11 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT-OD08C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-12 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT-MD16C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-13 Remote Input Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-ID16X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-14 Remote Input Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-ID16X-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-15 Remote Output Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-OD16X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-16 Remote Output Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-OD16X-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-17 Input Sensor Terminals: DRT1-HD16S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-18 I/O Sensor Terminals: DRT1-ND16S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-19 Analog Input Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-20 Analog Output Terminal: DRT1-DA02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-21 Temperature Input Terminals: DRT1-TS04T and DRT1-TS04P . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2-22 I/O Link Unit: CQM1-DRT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
48
48
49
53
53
55
57
60
62
64
67
70
72
74
77
80
84
87
90
94
97
100
104
115
121
132
47
Section
Common Slave Specifications
4-1
4-1
Common Slave Specifications
4-1-1 Communications Specifications
Item
Specification
Communications protocol
DeviceNet
Supported connections
(communications)
Master-Slave: Remote I/O and explicit messages
Connection forms
Combination of multi-drop and T-branch
connections (for trunk or drop lines)
500 kbps, 250 kbps, or 125 kbps (switchable)
Baud rate
Communications media
Communications 500 kbps
distances
Both conform to DeviceNet specifications
Special 5-wire cables (2 signal lines, 2 power
lines, 1 shield line)
Network length: 100 m max. (100 m max.)
Drop line length: 6 m max.
Total drop line length: 39 m max.
250 kbps
Network length: 250 m max. (100 m max.)
Drop line length: 6 m max.
Total drop line length: 78 m max.
125 kbps
Network length: 500 m max. (100 m max.)
Drop line length: 6 m max.
Total drop line length: 156 m max.
Parentheses indicate the length when Thin Cables are used.
Communications power supply
11 to 25 VDC
Max. number of nodes
64 nodes (including Configurator when used)
Max. number of Masters
Without Configurator: 1
With Configurator:
63
Max. number of Slaves
63 Slaves
Communications cycle time
Without Configurator:
Input Slaves (16-pt): 16
Output Slaves (16-pt) :16
Cycle time at 500 kbps: 9.7 ms
With Configurator: Set between 2 and 500 ms
Calculated value takes priority if longer.
Max. communications cycle
time with multiple Masters
Input Slaves (16-pt): 16
Output Slaves (16-pt) :16
Error control checks
Max. cycle time at 500 kbps: 18 ms
CRC error check
4-1-2 MS and NS Indicators
This section describes the meaning of MS and NS indicators for the Slave Units.
The MS (Module Status) indicator displays the status of a node on the network.
The NS (Network Status) indicator displays the status of the entire network. The
MS and NS indicators can be green or red and they can be OFF, flashing, or ON.
The following table shows the meaning of these indicator conditions.
48
Section
Common Slave Specifications
4-1
The following diagram shows the indicator panel on a basic Slave Unit. The position and status of the indicators, may change depending on the specific Slave
Unit.
Indi- Color
cator
MS
Green
Status
Definition
ON
Flashing
NS
Device
Operational
Device in
Standby
Unrecoverable Fault
Minor Fault
No Power
Meaning
Normal operating status.
Reading switch settings.
Red
ON
---
Flashing
OFF
Green
ON
Link OK.
On-line, Connected.
Network is operating normally
(communications established)
Flashing
On-line, Not
Connected
Network is operating normally, but
communications have not yet been
established.
ON
Critical Link
Failure
Flashing
Connection
Time-out
Not Powered/
Not On-Line
A fatal communications error has
occurred. Network communications are
not possible. Check for a node address
duplication or Bus Off error.
Communications timeout.
Red
---
OFF
Unit hardware error: Watchdog timer
error.
Switch settings incorrect, etc.
Power isn’t being supplied, waiting for
initial processing to start, or the Unit is
being reset.
Checking for node address duplication
on the Master, switch settings are
incorrect, or the power supply is OFF.
4-1-3 Common Slave Settings
This section describes the Slaves’ node address setting, baud rate settings, and
hold/clear outputs for communications error setting. These settings are made
using the following pins on the DIP switch.
All Slaves Except Environment-resistant Terminals and
C200H I/O Link Units
Node address setting: Pins 1 through 6
Baud rate setting:
Pins 7 and 8
Node address setting
Baud rate setting
49
Section
Common Slave Specifications
4-1
Environment-resistant Terminals
Node address setting: Rotary switch
Baud rate setting:
Pins 1 and 2
Node address
setting
Baud rate setting
C200H I/O Link Units
Node address setting: Rear-panel DIP switch pins 1 through 6
Baud rate setting:
Front-panel DIP switch pins 1, 2
For further details, refer to the specifications for C200H I/O Link Units.
The node address setting range for the Slaves depends on the PC in which the
Master is mounted, as shown in the following table.
Node Address Settings
PC
Node address setting range (decimal)
CV Series
0 to 63
C200HX, C200HG,
and C200HE
0 to 49 without Configurator
C200HS
0 to 31 without Configurator
0 to 63 with Configurator
0 to 63 with Configurator
Each Slave’s node address is set with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave’s DIP switch.
Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it isn’t already
set on another node.
DIP switch setting
Node
address
Pin 6
0
Pin 5
0
Pin 4
0
Pin 3
0
Pin 2
0
Pin 1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
(default)
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
1
0
1
61
1
1
1
1
1
0
62
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
For Environment-resistant Terminals, the setting is made in decimal; 10’s digit
on the left rotary switch and one’s digit on right rotary switch.
Note
1. Refer to Appendix C Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of
DIP switch settings.
2. The Slave won’t be able to participate in communications if the same node
address is used for the Master or another Slave node (node address duplication error).
50
Section
Common Slave Specifications
Baud Rate Setting
4-1
Pins 7 and 8 (pins 1 and 2 for Environment-resistant Terminals and C200H I/O
Link Units) are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table. (These
pins are factory-set to OFF.)
Environment-resistant
terminals
Pin 1
Baud rate
Pin 2
Others
Pin 7
Note
Pin 8
OFF
OFF
125 kbps (default)
ON
OFF
250 kbps
OFF
ON
500 kbps
ON
ON
Not allowed.
1. Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications
power supply) before changing the baud rate setting.
2. Set the same baud rate on all of the nodes (Master and Slaves) in the Network. Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master’s rate won’t be
able to participate in communications.
Setting Pins 9 and 10
The functions of pins 9 and 10 differ for inputs and outputs, as shown in the following diagram. Environment-resistant Terminals do not have these pins.
Input:
Not used (Always OFF)
Output: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
Reserved: Always OFF
Pin 9:
Reserved (Always OFF)
Pin 10: As follows:
Inputs:
No function (Always OFF)
Outputs:
Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
OFF (Clear):
All output data from the Master will be cleared to 0 when a
communications error occurs.
ON (Hold):
All output data from the Master will be retained when a
communications error occurs.
The functions for pins 9 and 10 for each Slave are listed in the following tables.
Basic Units
Name
Input Terminals
(transistor inputs)
Output Terminals
(transistor outputs)
Environment-resistant
Terminals
(transistor inputs)
Remote Adapters
I/O points
Function
Model number
8 input points
16 input points
8 output points
DRT1-ID08(-1)
DRT1-ID16(-1)
DRT1-OD08(-1)
16 output points
DRT1-OD16(-1)
8 input points
8 output points
8 input/8 output points
16 input points
DRT1-ID08C
DRT1-OD08C
DRT1-MD16C
DRT1-ID16X(-1)
16 output points
DRT1-OD16X(-1)
Pin 9
Reserved (always
OFF)
Pin 10
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Hold/Clear outputs
for communications
error
No corresponding pins
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Hold/Clear outputs
for communications
error
51
Section
Common Slave Specifications
Name
I/O points
Model number
Function
Pin 9
Sensor Terminals
Temperature Input
Terminals
CQM1 I/O Link Unit
16 input points
DRT1-HD16S
8 input/8 output points
DRT1-ND16S
4 input points
(4 words)
4 input points
(4 words)
16 internal input/
16 internal output
points (See note)
DRT1-TS04T
Pin 10
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Temperature scale
setting
DRT1-TS04P
CQM1-DRT21
4-1
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Hold/Clear outputs
for communications
error (Only effective
for outputs)
Display method for 2
digits below decimal
point
Hold/Clear outputs
for communications
error (Only effective
for outputs)
Note Refer to the Slave specifications for details on the DIP switch settings for the
shared areas in the table above.
Analog I/O Units
Name
Analog Input Terminals
Analog Output
Terminal
I/O points
Function
Model number
Pin 9
2 or 4 points
Pin 10
Averaging
Reserved (always
OFF)
4 input points (4
words) or 2 input
points (2 words)
(voltages or currents)
4 input points (4
words) (voltages or
currents)
DRT1-AD04
DRT1-AD04H
Reserved (always
OFF)
2 output points
(2 words)
DRT1-DA02
Outputs for communications error
Note Refer to the Slave specifications for details on the DIP switch settings for the
shared areas in the table above.
Special I/O Units
Name
C200H I/O Link Unit
RS-232C Unit
I/O
512 input bits max.
(32 words)
512 output bits max.
(32 words)
16 input bits (1 word)
Function
Model number
C200HW-DRT21
DRT1-232C2
Pin 9
Pin 10
Set on front-panel DIP switch.
Reserved (always
OFF)
Reserved (always
OFF)
Note Refer to the Slave specifications for details on the DIP switch settings for the
shared areas in the table above.
The following products have been tested at the test laboratory of a third party authorized by ODVA and have been
approved as conforming to ODVA Conformance Software Ver. 2.0-1.00.
Name
Input Terminals
Output Terminals
Environment-resistant
Terminals
52
Model number
DRT1-ID08(-1)
DRT1-ID16(-1)
DRT1-OD08(-1)
DRT1-OD16(-1)
DRT1-ID08C
DRT1-OD08C
DRT1-MD16C
Name
Remote Adapters
Sensor Terminals
CQM1 I/O Link Unit
C200H I/O Link Unit
RS-232C Unit
Model number
DRT1-ID16X(-1)
DRT1-OD16X(-1)
DRT1-HD16S
DRT1-ND16S
CQM1-DRT21
C200HW-DRT21
DRT1-232C2
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2
Slave Specifications
4-2-1 Common Basic Slave Specifications
The following table lists specifications which are common to all basic Slave
Units. For details of specifications for each Slave Unit, refer to the following
Slave specifications pages.
Specifications
Item
All other Slaves
Communications power
supply voltage
Internal power supply
voltage
I/O power supply voltage
Environment-resistant
Terminals
11 to 25 VDC (Supplied from the communications
connector.)
20.4 to 26.4 VDC (24 VDC, –15 to +10%)
20.4 to 26.4 VDC (24 VDC, –15 to +10%)
Noise immunity
±1.5 kVp-p
Vibration resistance
10 to 55 Hz, 1.0-mm
double amplitude
Shock resistance
200 m/s2
Dielectric strength
500 VAC (between isolated circuits)
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. at 250 VDC (between isolated circuits)
Ambient temperature
0 to 55°C
–10 to 55°C
Ambient humidity
35 to 85%
25 to 85%
Operating atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
–20 to 65°C
Degree of protective
---
IP66
Mounting
M4 screw mounting or
DIN 35-mm track
mounting
M4 screw mounting (front)
M5 screw mounting (rear)
Mounting strength
50 N
Track direction: 10 N
---
100 N
Communications
connector strength
Screw tightening torque
Pulse width: 0.1 to 1 µs
Pulse rise time: 1 ns
(via noise simulator)
10 to 150 Hz, 1.0-mm
double amplitude or
70 m/s2
100 N
M2 (Communications connector):
M3 (Power supply, I/O terminals):
M4 (Mounting Unit):
M5 (Mounting Unit):
0.25 to 0.3 N m
0.3 to 0.5 N m
0.6 to 1.18 N m
1.4 to 2.25 N m
53
Section
Slave Specifications
Current Consumption
and Weight
The following table lists the current consumption, weight, and connector lock
strength for basic Slaves.
Model
54
4-2
DRT1-ID08(-1)
Communications power
supply voltage
30 mA max.
Internal
power
supply
voltage
50 mA max.
Weight
Connector
lock strength
135 g max.
---
DRT1-ID16(-1)
30 mA max.
50 mA max.
170 g max.
---
DRT1-OD08(-1)
30 mA max.
50 mA max.
140 g max.
---
DRT1-OD16(-1)
30 mA max.
50 mA max.
180 g max.
---
DRT1-ID08C
30 mA max.
35 mA max.
580 g max.
100 N
DRT1-OD08C
30 mA max.
45 mA max.
585 g max.
100 N
DRT1-MD16C
30 mA max.
35 mA max.
590 g max.
100 N
DRT1-ID16X(-1)
30 mA max.
70 mA max.
110 g max.
---
DRT1-OD16X
30 mA max.
50 mA max.
110 g max.
---
DRT1-O16X-1
30 mA max.
70 mA max.
110 g max.
---
DRT1-HD16S
40 mA max.
60 mA max.
140 g max.
40 N
DRT1-ND16S
40 mA max.
60 mA max.
140 g max.
40 N
DRT1-AD04
30 mA max.
80 mA max.
160 g max.
---
DRT1-AD04H
30 mA max.
130 mA max.
160 g max.
---
DRT1-DA02
30 mA max.
140 mA max.
160 g max.
---
DRT1-TS04T
30 mA max.
130 mA max.
230 g max.
---
DRT1-TS04P
30 mA max.
130 mA max.
160 g max.
---
CQM1-DRT21
40 mA max.
5 VDC at
80 mA max.
(Power
supplied from
the PC’s
Power Supply
Unit.)
185 g max.
---
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-2 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID08
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
Input indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit
when the input is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID08 Input Terminal.
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V+
DRAIN
CAN L
V 24 VDC
Physical
layer
0
Photocoupler
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
1
Internal
circuitry
CAN H
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G
G
55
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-ID08 Input Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
NPN output
3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
Note
Dimensions
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Blue (black)
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
1. The V terminals (terminal numbers 9 and 14) are connected internally, as
are the G terminals (terminal numbers 2 and 7). When I/O power is supplied
to terminals 9 and 2, power can be supplied to sensors from terminals 14
and 7.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
2. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID08 Input Terminal.
All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
50 max.
(With connector attached)
125 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
115 ± 0.3
56
Black (white)
Brown (red)
Blue (black)
Blue (black)
I/O power supply
Black (white)
+
Brown (red)
–
Brown (white)
Internal circuits
power supply
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-3 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID08-1
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
8 points (PNP) (Master Unit uses one word)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
Input indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit
when the input is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID08-1 Input Terminals.
V
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V+
DRAIN
CAN L
0
Physical
layer
1
Photocoupler
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Internal
circuitry
CAN H
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
57
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-ID08-1 Input Terminal.
Wiring
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
NPN output
3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
Note
58
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Brown (red)
Black (white)
Blue (black)
Brown (white)
Blue (black)
Brown (red)
I/O power supply
Black (white)
+
Black (blue)
–
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
1. The V terminals (terminal numbers 9 and 14) are connected internally, as
are the G terminals (terminal numbers 2 and 7). When I/O power is supplied
to terminals 9 and 2, power can be supplied to sensors from terminals 14
and 7.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
2. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID08-1 Input Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
125 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
115 ± 0.3
59
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-4 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID16
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
16 points (NPN)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (16 points/common)
Components
Input indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit
when the input is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID16 Input Terminal.
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V+
DRAIN
CAN L
V 24 VDC
Physical
layer
0
Photocoupler
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
1
Internal
circuitry
CAN H
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
G
G
60
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-ID16 Input Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
Note
Dimensions
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Blue (black)
Black (white)
Brown (red)
Blue (black)
Blue (black)
I/O power supply
Black (white)
+
Brown (red)
–
Brown (white)
Internal circuits
power supply
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
1. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
2. The V terminals (terminal numbers 13 and 22) are connected internally, as
are the G terminals (terminal numbers 2 and 11). When I/O power is supplied to terminals 13 and 2, power can be supplied to sensors from terminals
22 and 11.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID16 Input Terminal.
All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
61
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-5 Transistor Input Terminals: DRT1-ID16-1
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
16 points (PNP)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (16 points/common)
Components
Input indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit
when the input is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID16-1 Input Terminals.
V
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
DRAIN
CAN L
Physical
layer
1
Photocoupler
V–
Internal
circuitry
CAN H
V 24 VDC
0
V+
Photocoupler
G
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
62
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-ID16-1 Input Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
Note
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Brown (red)
Black (white)
Blue (black)
Blue (black)
Brown (red)
I/O power supply
Black (white)
+
Blue (black)
–
Brown (white)
Internal circuits
power supply
NPN output 3-wire
sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
1. The V terminals (terminal numbers 13 and 22) are connected internally, as
are the G terminals (terminal numbers 2 and 11). When I/O power is supplied to terminals 13 and 2, power can be supplied to sensors from terminals
22 and 11.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
2. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
Dimensions
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID16-1 Input Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
63
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-6 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD08
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
Output indicators
Indicate the output status of each contact. (Lit
when the output is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
64
Mounting screw holes
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD08 Output
Terminal.
Internal Circuits
Photocoupler
Voltage
step-down
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
V 24 VDC
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
Physical
layer
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
0
1
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Photocoupler
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
Wiring
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-OD08 Output Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
–
+
I/O power supply
Solenoid
Valve
Solenoid
Note The V terminals (terminal numbers 7, 9, and 14) are connected internally. When
I/O power is supplied to terminals 9, power can be supplied to output devices
from terminals 7 and 14.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
65
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD08 Output Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
125 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
115 ± 0.3
66
4-2
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-7 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD08-1
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
8 points (PNP) (Master Unit uses one word)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
Output indicators
Indicate the output status of each contact. (Lit
when the output is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Mounting screw holes
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
67
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD08-1 Output
Terminals.
Internal Circuits
Photocoupler
V+
DRAIN
CAN L
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
Physical
layer
1
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
0
Photocoupler
Internal
circuitry
CAN H
Photocoupler
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
G
Voltage
step-down
Wiring
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-OD08-1 Output Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
–
+
I/O power supply
Solenoid
Valve
Solenoid
Note The G terminals (terminal numbers 2, 7, and 14) are connected internally. When
I/O power is supplied to terminal 2, power can be supplied to output devices from
terminals 7 and 14.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
68
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD08-1 Output Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
125 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
115 ± 0.3
69
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-8 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD16
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
16 points (NPN)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (16 points/common)
Components
Output indicators
Indicate the output status of each contact. (Lit
when the output is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD16 Output
Terminals.
Photocoupler
Voltage
step-down
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
Photocoupler
Physical
layer
V 24 VDC
V 24 VDC
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
0
1
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Photocoupler
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
70
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-OD16 Output Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
–
+
I/O power supply
Solenoid
Valve
Solenoid
Note The V terminals (terminal numbers 11, 13, and 22) are connected internally.
When I/O power is supplied to terminal 13, power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 22 and 11.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD16 Output Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Dimensions
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
71
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-9 Transistor Output Terminals: DRT1-OD16-1
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
16 points (PNP)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (16 points/common)
Components
Output indicators
Indicate the output status of each contact. (Lit
when the output is ON.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD16-1 Output
Terminals.
Photocoupler
V+
V 24 VDC
Photocoupler
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
Physical
layer
0
Photocoupler
1
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Photocoupler
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G
G
Voltage
step-down
72
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-OD16-1 Output Terminal.
SOURCE
24 VDC
24 VDC
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
–
+
I/O power supply
Solenoid
Valve
Solenoid
Note The G terminals (terminal numbers 2, 11, and 22) are connected internally.
When I/O power is supplied to terminal 2, power can be supplied to output devices from terminals 22 and 11.
When the power supply exceeds 1.2 A, the power supply should not be input
through the terminals; an external power supply must be used instead.
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD16-1 Output Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Dimensions
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
73
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-10 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT1-ID08C
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
6 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
2.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
DIP switch
Pins 1, 2: Baud rate
(Refer to page 49.)
CompoBus/D Indicators
Input indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Indicates the input status of each input.
(Lit when the input is ON.)
Not used
CompoBus/D Communications Connector
Rotary switch
Pins 1, 2: Node address
(Refer to page 49.)
Internal Circuits
Input connector
External power supply connector
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID08C Environment-resistant Terminal.
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
0V
(For internal circuits)
24 V
0V
Photocoupler
CN2
(Inputs)
(Inputs)
24 V
Photocoupler
(For internal
circuits)
Input 0
CAN H
(Communications
connector)
74
CN3
coupler
V–
DRAIN
CN1
CAN L
Physical Photolayer
Photocoupler
V+
Input 1
DC-DC
converter
(Not isolated)
CN4
(External
power supply
connector)
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Wiring
Applicable Connectors
Use the following I/O connectors and connectors with cables for wiring I/O Connectors, External Power Supply Connectors and Communications Connectors.
I/O Connectors
Model
XS2G-D4
XS2H-D421-
XS2W-D42-
Description
Assembled male connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cable with connector plug (one end)
(Male plug – cable core wires)
Cable with connector plug (both ends)
(Male plug – female plug)
Manufacturer
OMRON
External Power Supply Connectors
Model
XS2C-D4
XS2F-D42-80-A
Description
Assembled female connector plug
Crimped or soldered)
Cables with connector plug (one end)
(Male plug – cable core wires)
Manufacturer
OMRON
Note Different models (as indicated by ), have different characteristics, such as external appearance, assembly type, plug status, number of cores, and cable
length. Select a product that meets your requirements.
Communications Connectors
Use DeviceNet micro-connectors.
Wiring Example
(end surface)
Input 2
Input 4
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Blue (black)
Brown (white)
Input 3
Brown (white)
Blue (black)
Input 1
Black (white)
Input 0
Input 6
Input 5
Input 7
Internal power
supply
I/O power
supply
NPN output 3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or proximity
sensor)
Note
1. External power supply lines 0 and 24V, and input lines G and V are connected internally. When input power is supplied to external power supply
connectors, power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G or V. When
power supply exceeds 1.0 A, the power supply should not be input through
the input connectors; an external power supply must be used instead.
2. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
75
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID08C Environmentresistant Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Four, M5
Mounting Holes
When screw mounting
from the front
When screw mounting
from the rear
76
Four, 4.2 dia. or M4
Four, 5.4 dia.
Mounting screw
Nut
Mounting
screw
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-11 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT-OD08C
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Components
DIP switch
Pins 1, 2: Baud rate
(Refer to page 49.)
Not used
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
CompoBus/D Communications
Connector
Rotary switch
Pins 1, 2: Node address
(Refer to page 49.)
Internal Circuits
Output indicators
Indicates the output status
of each output.
(Lit when the output is ON.)
Output connector
External power supply connector
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD08C Environment-resistant Terminal.
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
0V
(For internal circuits)
0V
Voltage
step-down
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
coupler
V–
(External power
supply connector)
(For internal
circuits)
CN3
Photocoupler
CN1
(Communications
connector)
24 V
CN2
Internal
circuitry
DRAIN
CAN L
(Outputs)
Output
0
Physical
layer
PhotoCAN H
24 V
(Outputs)
V+
Output
1
DC-DC
converter
(Not isolated)
CN4
77
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Wiring
Applicable Connectors
Use the following I/O connectors and connectors with cables for wiring I/O Connectors, External Power Supply Connectors and Communications Connectors.
I/O Connectors
Model
XS2G-D4
XS2H-D421-
XS2W-D42-
Description
Assembled male connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cable with connector plug (one end)
(Male plug – cable core wires)
Cable with connector plug (both ends)
(Male plug – Female plug)
Manufacturer
OMRON
External Power Supply Connectors
Model
XS2C-D4
XS2F-D42-80-A
Description
Assembled female connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cable with connector plug (one end)
(Female plug – cable core wires)
Manufacturer
OMRON
Note Different models (as indicated by ), have different characteristics, such as external appearance, assembly type, flag status, number of core wires, and cable
length. Select a product that meets your requirements.
Communications Connectors
Use DeviceNet micro-connectors.
Wiring Example
Output 0
Output 4
Output 2
Output 3
Output 1
Valve
Solenoid
(End surface)
Output 6
Output 5
Output 7
Internal power I/O power
supply
supply
Note External power supply lines 0 and 24V, and output lines G and V are connected
internally. When output power is supplied to external power supply connectors,
power can be supplied to sensors from output lines V. When power supply exceeds 2.4 A, the power supply should not be input through the output connectors; an external power supply must be used instead.
78
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD08C Environment-resistant Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Four, M5
Mounting Holes
When screw mounting
from the front
Mounting screw
Four, 4.2 dia. or M4
When screw mounting
from the rear
Four, 5.4 dia.
Nut
Mounting
screw
79
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-12 Environment-resistant Terminal: DRT-MD16C
Specifications
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
ON voltage
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
1 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
6 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
1.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
2.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
Output Specifications
Item
Components
DIP switch
Pins 1, 2: Baud rate
(Refer to page 49.)
Output points
8 points (NPN) (Master Unit uses one word)
Rated output current
0.3 A/point, 2.4 A/common
Residual voltage
1.2 V max. (at 0.3 A, between each output terminal and G)
Leakage current
ON delay time
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal
and G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
8 points (8 points/common)
The following diagram shows the main components of the DRT1-MD16C Environment-resistant Terminal.
Input indicators
Indicates the input status
of each contact.
(Lit when the input is ON.)
Rotary switch
Pins 1, 2: Node address
(Refer to page 49.)
80
Specification
Input connector
Output indicators
Indicates the output
status of each contact.
(Lit when the output is ON.)
Output connector
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
CompoBus/D Communications
Connector
External power supply connector
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-MD16C Environment-resistant Terminal.
0V
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
(For inputs and internal circuits)
24 V
CN2
(Outputs)
(Outputs)
(External power
supply connector)
0V
24 V
CAN L
CAN H
V–
Physical layer
Photocoupler
(For inputs and
internal circuits)
Photocoupler
CN3
Photocoupler
(Input connector)
Photocoupler
DRAIN
V+
(Communications
connector)
DC-DC
converter
(Not
isolated)
Internal circuitry
CN1
4-2
Voltage
step-down
Photocoupler
Output 0
Photocoupler
Wiring
CN7
(Output connector)
Output 1
The following diagram shows the wiring of the DRT1-OD08C Environment-resistant Terminal.
Applicable Connectors
Use the following I/O connectors and connectors with cables for wiring I/O Connectors, External Power Supply Connectors and Communications Connectors.
I/O Connectors
Model
XS2G-D4
XS2H-D421-
XS2W-D42-
XS2R-D426-11F
XS2R-D426-10F
XS2R-D426-1
Description
Assembled male connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cables with connector plug (one end)
(Male plug - cable core wires)
Cables with connector plug (both ends)
(Male plug - female plug)
Cables with Y-joint plug - socket
connector (both ends)
Cables with Y-joint socket connector
(one end)
Y-joint plug - socket connector (no cable)
Manufacturer
OMRON
81
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
External Power Supply Connectors
Model
XS2C-D4
XS2F-D42-80-A
Description
Assembled female connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cables with connectors (one end)
(Female plug - cable core wires)
Manufacturer
OMRON
Note Different models (as indicated by ), have different characteristics, such as external appearance, assembly type, flag status, number of core wires, and cable
length. Select a product that meets your requirements.
Communications Connectors
Use DeviceNet micro-connectors.
Wiring Example
Input 0
Input 2
Input 5
Input 6
Blue (black)
Black (white)
Brown (white)
Blue (black)
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
Output 1
Input 7
Input 3
Brown (red)
Input 1
Output 0
Input 4
NPN output
3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or
proximity sensor)
Note
Output 2
Output 5
Output 3
Valve
(End surface)
Output 4
Solenoid
Output 6
Output 7
Internal circuits Output power
power supply
supply
1. External power supply lines 0 and 24V, and input lines G and V are connected internally. When input power is supplied to external power supply
connectors, power can be supplied to sensors from input lines G or V. When
power supply exceeds 1.0 A, the power supply should not be input through
the input connectors; an external power supply must be used instead.
2. External power supply lines 0 and 24V, and output lines G and V are connected internally. When output power is supplied to external power supply
connectors, power can be supplied to sensors from output lines V. When
power supply exceeds 2.4 A, the power supply should not be input through
the output connectors; an external power supply must be used instead.
3. Wire colors in parentheses are the previous JIS colors for photoelectric and
proximity sensors.
82
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-MD16 Environmentresistant Terminal. All dimensions are in mm.
Four, M5
Mounting Holes
When screw mounting
from the front
When screw mounting
from the rear
Mounting screw
Four, 4.2 dia. or M4
Four, 5.4 dia.
Nut
Mounting
screw
83
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2-13 Remote Input Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-ID16X
Input Specifications
Item
Input points
Specification
ON voltage
16 NPN points (Try to use fewer than 8 points over an
average 5 minute time span.)
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
0.8 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
9 ms max.
OFF delay time
14.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (8 points/common)
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
MIL socket flat cable connector
Connect the input power supply and input
devices such as switches and sensors
through an MIL-type flat cable connector.
Power supply terminals
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
84
4-2
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID16X Remote
Input Adapter.
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V0 24 VDC
0
V+
1
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
4-2
Physical
Photolayer
coupler
Photocoupler
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Internal
circuitry
V–
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G0
Photocoupler
V1 24 VDC
8
9
Photocoupler
G1
Wiring
Connector Pin Allocation
Triangle mark
Connector pin No.
Internal Circuits Power Supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Internal circuits
power supply
85
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Input Devices
Use a printed circuit board to wire I/O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can
be connected to the Remote Adapter.
Brown
(red)
NPN output 3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or proximity sensor) Black
(white)
Blue
(black)
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
I/O power supply
Top View
Brown
(white)
Blue
(black)
–
Triangle mark
+
Connector pin No.
Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and
proximity sensors, wire colors have been changed. Colors in parentheses are
the old wire colors.
Flat Cable MIL Plug Socket
A 20-pin XG4M-2030-T Flat Cable Connector is used for the socket.
Applicable Flat Cable Connector Plugs
Purchase the XG4A-2031 (DIP straight terminal) or XG4A-2034 (DIP L terminal)
Connector Plug separately.
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID16X Remote Input
Adapter. All dimensions are in mm.
Dimensions
Approx. 73
50 max.
(With connector attached)
12
Flat cable length: Approx. 60
85 max.
Mounting holes
40± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
75 ± 0.3
86
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-14 Remote Input Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-ID16X-1
Input Specifications
Item
Input points
Specification
ON voltage
16 PNP points (Try to use fewer than 8 points over an
average 5 minute time span.)
15 VDC min. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF voltage
5 VDC max. (between each input terminal and V)
OFF current
0.8 mA max.
Input current
ON delay time
10 mA max./point at 24 VDC
(between each input terminal and V)
9 ms max.
OFF delay time
14.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (8 points/common)
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
MIL socket flat cable connector
Connect the input power supply and input
devices such as switches and sensors
through an MIL-type flat cable connector.
Power supply terminals
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
87
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ID16X-1 Remote
Input Adapter.
Photocoupler
V0
Photocoupler
0
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
Physical
layer
1
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
CAN L
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
Internal
circuitry
V–
G0
V1
Photocoupler
8
9
Photocoupler
G1
Wiring
Connector Pin Allocation
Triangle mark
Connector pin No.
Internal Circuits Power Supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Internal circuits
power supply
88
4-2
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Input Devices
Use a printed circuit board to wire I/O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can
be connected to the Remote Adapter.
Brown
(red)
NPN output 3-wire sensor
(photoelectric or proximity sensor) Black
(white)
Blue
(black)
2-wire sensor
(limit switch)
I/O power supply
Top View
Brown
(white)
Blue
(black)
–
Triangle mark
+
Connector pin No.
Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and
proximity sensors, wire colors have been changed. Colors in parentheses are
the old wire colors.
Flat Cable MIL Plug Socket
A 20-pin XG4M-2030-T Flat Cable Connector is used for the socket.
Applicable Flat Cable Connector Plugs
Purchase the XG4A-2031 (DIP straight terminal) or XG4A-2034 (DIP L terminal)
Connector Plug separately.
Dimensions
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-ID16X-1 Remote Input Adapter. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
50 max.
(With connector attached)
12
Flat cable length: Approx. 60
85 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
75 ± 0.3
89
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-15 Remote Output Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-OD16X
Output Specifications
Item
Output points
16 NPN points
Rated output current
30 mA/point
Residual voltage
ON delay time
1.2 V max. (30 mA DC, between each output terminal and
G)
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal and
G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (8 points/common)
Leakage current
Components
Specification
The following diagram shows the main components of the DRT1-OD16X Remote Output Adapter.
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
MIL socket flat cable connector
Connect the output power supply
and output devices such as relays
and indicators through an MIL-type
flat cable connector.
Power supply terminals
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/clear outputs for communications error
90
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
4-2
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD16X Remote
Output Adapter.
Voltage
step-down
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V0 24 VDC
V+
0
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
1
Physical
Photolayer
coupler
Photocoupler
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
Internal
circuitry
V–
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
G0
Photocoupler
Voltage
step-down
V1 24 VDC
8
9
Photocoupler
G1
Wiring
Connector Pin Allocation
Triangle mark
Connector pin No.
91
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Internal Circuits Power Supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Internal circuits
power supply
Output Devices
Use a printed circuit board to wire I/O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can
be connected to the Remote Adapter.
Relay
LED indicator
I/O power supply
–
Triangle mark
+
Connector pin No.
Note The G70D, NPN-output G7TC, and G70A can also be connected to the Remote
Adapter, but the PNP-output G7TC and Input G7TC can’t be connected because
the power supply’s polarity is reversed. (Reversing the power supply polarity can
damage the Remote Adapter.)
Flat Cable MIL Plug Socket
A 20-pin XG4M-2030-T Flat Cable Connector is used for the socket.
Applicable Flat Cable Connector Plugs
Purchase the XG4A-2031 (DIP straight terminal) or XG4A-2034 (DIP L terminal)
Connector Plug separately.
92
Section
Slave Specifications
Dimensions
4-2
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD16X Remote
Adapter. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
50 max.
(With connector attached)
12
Flat cable length: Approx. 60
85 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
75 ± 0.3
93
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-16 Remote Output Adapter (16 Points): DRT1-OD16X-1
Output Specifications
Item
Specification
Output points
16 PNP points
Rated output current
30 mA/point
Residual voltage
ON delay time
1.2 V max. (30 mA DC, between each output terminal and
G)
0.1 mA max. (at 24 VDC, between each output terminal and
G)
0.5 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
Number of circuits
16 points (8 points/common)
Leakage current
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
MIL socket flat cable connector
Connect the output power supply
and output devices such as relays
and indicators through an MIL-type
flat cable connector.
Power supply terminals
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/clear outputs for communications error
94
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
4-2
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-OD16X Remote
Adapter.
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
Physical
layer
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Voltage
step-down
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
Photocoupler
Photocoupler
Voltage
step-down
Wiring
Connector Pin Allocation
Triangle mark
Connector pin No.
Internal Circuits Power Supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Internal circuits
power supply
95
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Output Devices
Use a printed circuit board to wire I/O devices to a flat cable MIL plug which can
be connected to the Remote Adapter.
Relay
LED indicator
I/O power supply
–
Triangle mark
+
Connector pin No.
Flat Cable MIL Plug Socket
A 20-pin XG4M-2030-T Flat Cable Connector is used for the socket.
Flat Cable Connector Plugs
Purchase the XG4A-2031 (DIP straight terminal) or XG4A-2034 (DIP L terminal)
Connector Plug separately.
Dimensions
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the DRT1-OD16X-1 Remote
Output Adapter. All dimensions are in mm.
Approx. 73
50 max.
(With connector attached)
12
Flat cable length: Approx. 60
85 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
75 ± 0.3
96
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-17 Input Sensor Terminals: DRT1-HD16S
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
16 NPN points
ON voltage
OFF current
12 VDC min. (between each input terminal and VCC,
the external sensor power supply)
4 VDC max. (between each input terminal and VCC,
the external sensor power supply)
1.0 mA max.
Input current
10 mA max./point
ON delay time
1.0 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
OFF voltage
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Power supply terminals
I/O indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit when the input or output is ON.)
Word address
Indicates the word which the
sensor uses.
I/O connectors
Connect the special connectors from the sensors here.
(The special connectors are attached to the sensor’s cable.)
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9 and 10: Reserved (Always OFF.)
97
Section
Slave Specifications
Internal Circuits
4-2
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-HD16S Sensor
Terminal.
V
G
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
Non-isolated
power supply
IN-A
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
IN-B
V
Terminals for
one sensor
G
Isolated
power
supply
Wiring
Terminal Arrangement and Wiring for the Sensor Terminal’s Connector
Pin
Function
1
IN-A (inputs)
2
IN-B (inputs)
3
VCC (V) (external sensor power supply, +terminal)
4
GND (G) (external sensor power supply, –terminal)
The bit in the CompoBus/D I/O area depends on the word address where the
sensor is connected, as shown in the following table.
Word address
98
IN-A bit
IN-B bit
0
0
8
1
1
9
2
2
10
3
3
11
4
4
12
5
5
13
6
6
14
7
7
15
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Wiring Example
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Sensor
3-wire sensor
(without
self-diagnostic
output function)
Sensor
3-wire sensor
(with
self-diagnostic
output
function)
Blue (black)
Brown (white)
Blue (black)
Orange (orange)
Brown (red)
Black (white)
Blue (black)
Brown (red)
Black (white)
Internal circuits
power supply
Sensor
2-wire sensor
(without
self-diagnostic
output
function)
Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and
proximity sensors, wire colors have been changed. Colors in parentheses are
the old wire colors.
Dimensions
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
99
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-18 I/O Sensor Terminals: DRT1-ND16S
Specifications
Input Specifications
Item
Specification
Input points
16 NPN points
ON voltage
OFF current
12 VDC min. (between each input terminal and VCC,
the external sensor power supply)
4 VDC max. (between each input terminal and VCC,
the external sensor power supply)
1.0 mA max.
Input current
10 mA max./point
ON delay time
1.0 ms max.
OFF delay time
1.5 ms max.
OFF voltage
Output Specifications
Item
100
Specification
Rated output current
20 mA max.
Residual voltage
1 V max.
Leakage current
0.1 mA max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators
(Refer to page 203.)
Power supply terminals
I/O indicators
Indicate the status of each contact. (Lit when the input or output is ON.)
Word address
Indicates the word which the
sensor uses.
I/O connectors
Connect the special connectors from the sensors here.
(The special connectors are attached to the sensor’s cable.)
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/clear outputs for communications error
Internal Circuits
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-ND16S Sensor
Terminal.
V
G
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
Non-isolated
power supply
IN
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
OUT
V
Terminals for
one sensor
G
Isolated
power
supply
101
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Wiring
Terminal Arrangement and Wiring for the Sensor Terminal’s Connector
Pin
Function
1
IN (inputs)
2
OUT (outputs)
3
VCC (V) (external sensor power supply, +terminal)
4
GND (G) (external sensor power supply, –terminal)
The bit in the CompoBus/D I/O area depends on the word address where the
sensor is connected, as shown in the following table.
Word address
IN-A bit
IN-B bit
0
0
8
1
1
9
2
2
10
3
3
11
4
4
12
5
5
13
6
6
14
7
7
15
Wiring Example
SOURCE
24 VDC
+
–
+
–
Sensor
Sensor with teaching
function,
Sensor with external
diagnostic function
Blue
Black
Purple
Brown
Pink (gray)
Blue (black)
Brown (red)
Black (white)
Internal circuits
power supply
Sensor
Sensor with bank
switching function
Note In accordance with the changes in the standards for photoelectric sensors and
proximity sensors, wire colors have been changed. Colors in parentheses are
the old wire colors.
102
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Dimensions
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
103
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-19 Analog Input Terminal
Specifications
General Specifications
Specification
Item
DRT1-AD04
Voltage inputs
Current inputs
Either 4 points or 2 points
(Set with the DIP switch.) (Master Unit uses 4
input words or 2 input words respectively)
DRT1-AD04H
Voltage inputs
Current inputs
4 points
(Four input words occupied at Master Unit.)
Max. signal input
0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to
10 V, or –10 to 10 V
±15 V
0 to 20 mA or 4 to
20 mA
±30 mA
0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V or
0 to 10 V,
±15 V
0 to 20 mA or 4 to
20 mA
±30 mA
Input impedance
1 MΩ min.
Approx. 250 Ω
1 MΩ min.
Approx. 250 Ω
Resolution
Accuracy 25C
0C to
55C
1/6000 (full scale)
Conversion time
2 ms/input (8 ms/4 points, 4 ms/2 points)
250 ms/4 points
Converted output data
(Binary)
Binary (4-digit hexadecimal)
Binary (4-digit hexadecimal)
–10- to 10-V range:
scale
Other signal ranges:
0000 to 7530 (hexadecimal) full scale
Input points
Input signal range
±0.3% FS
±0.6% FS
1/30000 (full scale)
±0.4% FS
±0.8% FS
8BB8 to 0 to 0BB8 full
±0.3% FS
±0.6% FS
±0.4% FS
±0.8% FS
0000 to 1770 full scale
Averaging function
Settable (via DIP switch)
Not provided.
Open circuit detection
Provided.
Provided.
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation between analog inputs
and communications lines
(There is no isolation between analog input
signals.)
Photocoupler isolation between analog inputs
and communications lines
Photocoupler isolation between analog input
signals.
104
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
Rotary switch
Sets the input ranges.
Terminal block
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting (Refer to page 49.)
Pin 9: Number of inputs setting (4 points or 2 points) [DRT1-AD04 only] (Refer to page 112.)
Pin 10: Averaging function setting [DRT1-AD04 only] (Refer to page 113.)
DIP Switch Settings
The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch.
Node address setting
Baud rate
DRT1-AD04
Averaging
function setting
Number of inputs setting
(4 pts. or 2
pts.)
DRT1-AD04H
Not used. (must
be OFF.)
105
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following table summarizes the DIP switch settings. (All pins are factory-set
to OFF.)
Pin(s)
Function
1 through 6
Node address
setting
Baud rate
Number of inputs
setting
(See page 112 for
details.)
7 and 8
9
10
Setting contents
Settings
DRT1-AD04
DRT1-AD04H
Refer to 4-1-3 Slave Settings (Common) for
details. (Factory-set to OFF.)
OFF
4 points
ON
2 points
Averaging
OFF
function
(See page 113 for
details.)
ON
Averaging is not
performed.
(Factory setting)
Not used. (Must
be OFF.)
Not used. (Must
be OFF.)
Averaging is
performed.
Note Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications power supply) before changing any settings.
Rotary Switch Setting
Set the input signal range for each input with the rotary switch. Inputs 0 and 2
share the same signal range, as do inputs 1 and 3.
The voltage input/current input selection is carried out by connecting the V+ terminal to the I+ terminal. Short-circuit the V+ terminal and I+ terminal when inputting current.
Note Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications power supply) before changing any settings.
DRT1-AD04
The following table shows the rotary switch settings and corresponding input
signal range settings.
No.
106
Signal range for inputs 0 and 2
Signal range for inputs 1 and 3
0
0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA
0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA
1
0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA
2
0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA
0 to 10 V
3
0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA
–10 to +10 V
4
1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA
5
1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 V
6
1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA
–10 to +10 V
7
0 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
8
0 to 10 V
–10 to +10 V
9
–10 to +10 V
–10 to +10 V
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
DRT1-AD04H
The following table shows the rotary switch settings and corresponding input
signal range settings.
No.
Internal Circuits
Signal range for inputs 0 and 2
Signal range for inputs 1 and 3
0
0 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
1
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
2
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
3
0 to 5 V
0 to 20 mA
4
0 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
5
1 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
6
1 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
7
1 to 5 V
0 to 20 mA
8
1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
9
0 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
A
0 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
B
0 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
C
0 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
D
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
E
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
F
(Cannot be set.)
The following diagram shows the internal circuits for the DRT1-AD04 Analog Input Terminal.
DRT1-AD04
Photocoupler
V+
V+
CAN H
DRAIN
CAN L
510 kΩ
Physical Photolayer
coupler
250 Ω
SOURCE
24 DC –
Input 0
–
510 kΩ
V+
Internal
circuitry
V–
SOURCE
24 DC +
I+
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
510 kΩ
250 Ω
510 kΩ
510 kΩ
Input 1
–
V+
250 Ω
510 kΩ
510 kΩ
I+
I+
Input 2
–
V+
250 Ω
I+
Input 3
–
510 kΩ
Analog GND
107
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Note The DRT1-AD04H has insulation between the inputs, so there is no need for the
user to be concerned with the internal circuitry.
Terminal Arrangement
DRT1-AD04
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
−
−
−
−
−
DRT1-AD04H
Wiring: DRT1-AD04 and
DRT1-AD04 H (Common)
Connect the power supply and inputs (voltage input or current input) to the Analog Input Terminal’s terminal block as shown in the following diagram.
Internal circuits
power supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
Voltage input
connection
Current input
connection
V+
V+
I+
I+
+
–
–
–
–
+
Shield
Shield
Internal circuits
power supply
0V
0V
(With current inputs,
short-circuit the V+ and I+
terminals.)
Do not connect the shield when using shielded cables for the inputs.
Input Ranges and
Converted Data
The Analog Input Terminal converts analog input data to digital values. The digital values depend on the input signal ranges, as shown in the following diagrams.
Note When the input exceeds the specified range, the AD conversion data will be
fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit.
108
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
DRT1-AD04
–10- to 10-V Inputs
The –10- to 10-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 8BB8 to 0BB8
(–3000 to 3000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for negative values and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word
indicates the absolute value. The entire data range is 8CE4 to 0CE4 (–3300 to
3300).
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
0CE4 (3300)
0BB8 (3000)
–11 V –10 V
0000 (0)
Voltage
0V
10 V 11 V
8BB8 (–3000)
8CE4 (–3300)
0- to 10-V Inputs
The 0- to 10-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to
6000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for negative values and the
AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word indicates
the absolute value. The entire data range is 812C to 189C (–300 to 6300).
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
189C (6300)
1770 (6000)
0000 (0)
–0.5 V
812C (–300)
0V
10 V
Voltage
10.5 V
0- to 5-V Inputs
The 0- to 5-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to
6000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for negative values and the
AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word indicates
the absolute value. The entire data range is 812C to 189C (–300 to 6300).
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
189C (6300)
1770 (6000)
0000 (0)
–0.25 V
812C (–300)
0V
Voltage
5 V 5.25 V
109
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
1- to 5-V Inputs
The 1- to 5-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to
6000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for voltages from 0.8 V to
1 V and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word
indicates the absolute value. The entire data range is 812C to 189C (–300 to
6300). If the input voltage falls below 0.8 V, the open-circuit detection function is
activated and the converted data is set to FFFF.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
189C (6300)
1770 (6000)
FFFF
0000 (0)
812C (–300)
0.8 V
1V
Voltage
5 V 5.2 V
0- to 20-mA Inputs
The 0- to 20-mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0
to 6000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for negative values and
the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word indicates the absolute value. The entire data range is 812C to 189C (–300 to 6300).
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
189C (6300)
1770 (6000)
0000 (0)
–1 mA
812C (–300)
0 mA
Current
20 mA 21 mA
4- to 20-mA Inputs
The 4- to 20-mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0
to 6000). The most significant bit (bit 15) is set to 1 (ON) for currents from 3.2 to 4
mA and the AD conversion data is set to the absolute values; the rest of the word
indicates the absolute value. The entire data range is 812C to 189C (–300 to
6300). If the input current falls below 3.2 mA, the open-circuit detection function
is activated and the converted data is set to FFFF.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (Decimal)
189C (6300)
1770 (6000)
FFFF
0000 (0)
812C (–300)
110
3.2 mA
4 mA
Current
20 mA 20.8 mA
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
DRT1-AD04H
0 to 10 V
The 0- to 10-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 (0 to
30,000). The convertible data range is FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500 to 31,500). When
the voltage is negative, the negative number is expressed as a two’s complement.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (decimal)
Voltage
0 to 5 V
The 0- to 5-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 (0 to
30,000). The convertible data range is FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500 to 31,500). When
the voltage is negative, the negative number is expressed as a two’s complement.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (decimal)
Voltage
1 to 5 V
The 1- to 5-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 (0 to
30,000). The convertible data range is FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500 to 31,500). The
0.8- to 1-V range corresponds to the hexadecimal values FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500
to 0). If the voltage drops below the input range (i.e., if the input voltage drops
below 0.8 V), the open-circuit detection function is activated and the data is set to
7FFF.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (decimal)
Voltage
111
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
0 to 20 mA
The 0- to 20-mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 (0
to 30,000). The convertible data range is FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500 to 31,500).
When the current is negative, the negative number is expressed as a two’s complement.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (decimal)
Voltage
4 to 20 mA
The 4- to 20-mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values 0000 to 7530 (0
to 30,000). The convertible data range is FA24 to 7B0C (–1,500 to 31,500). The
3.2- to 4-mA range corresponds to the hexadecimal values FA24 to 0000
(–1,500 to 0). If the voltage drops below the input range (i.e., if the input voltage
drops below 3.2 mA), the open-circuit detection function is activated and the
data is set to 7FFF.
Converted data
Hexadecimal (decimal)
Voltage
Number of Inputs Setting
(DRT1-AD04 Only)
112
The number of inputs can be limited to two by turning ON pin 9 of the DIP switch.
Changing the number of inputs from four to two reduces the sampling time from
8 ms/4 inputs to 4 ms/2 inputs, which provides faster conversion.
If the number of inputs is two, the number of words allocated to the Input Terminal in the PC is also reduced to 2 words. When only two inputs are used, inputs 0
and 1 are used (inputs 2 and 3 cannot be used.)
Section
Slave Specifications
Averaging Function
Setting (DRT1-AD04
Only)
4-2
With the DRT1-AD04, the averaging function can be enabled for all inputs (0
through 3) by turning ON pin 10 of the DIP switch. The averaging function outputs the average (a moving average) of the last eight input values as the converted value. Use this function to smooth inputs that vary like the one in the following diagram.
Actual input
Input after averaging
Time
Note The time required for converted data refreshing remains 2 ms/point when the
averaging function is enabled. The first communications data after the power is
turned ON will be output after averaging eight samples.
Open-circuit Detection
Function
The open-circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to
5 V and the voltage drops below 0.8 V, or when the input range is set to 4 to 20
mA and the current drops below 3.2 mA. When the open-circuit detection function is activated, the converted data is set to FFFF for the DRT1-AD04 and 7FFF
for the DRT1-AD04H. In addition, with the DRT1-AD04H, the broken wire indicator lights when the open-circuit detection function is activated.
The open-circuit detection function is enabled or cleared at the same time as the
conversion time. If the input returns to the convertible range, the open-circuit
detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range.
Converted Data
The converted data is transferred to the Master as shown in the following diagram.
DRT1-AD04
Bit
First word
Sign
bit
Input 0 converted data
First word + 1
Sign
bit
Input 1 converted data
First word + 2
Sign
bit
Input 2 converted data*
First word + 3
Sign
bit
Input 3 converted data*
Note *Not used when there are two input points. At that time only two words are occupied.
The sign bit is turned ON to indicate that the converted value is negative; the
converted value will be the absolute value (not the two’s complement).
Example: When –300 is converted, the sign bit (bit 15) is set to 1 and 300 is output as the binary value as 12C hexadecimal. The contents of the word is thus
812C, as shown in the following illustration.
15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
8
(163)
0
0
0
1
(162)
2
(161)
C
(160)
113
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
DRT1-AD04H
Bit
First word
Input 0 converted data
First word + 1
Input 1 converted data
First word + 2
Input 2 converted data
First word + 3
Input 3 converted data
If the converted data is a negative number, it is expressed as a two’s complement. The NEG command can be useful to obtain the absolute value from the
two’s complement.
Conversion Time
DRT1-AD04
AD conversion values are refreshed every 2 ms for each input point.
DRT1-AD04H
AD conversion values are refreshed every 250 ms. It may take up to 650 ms,
however, from when the step response is input until AD conversion data of 90%
of that value can be transmitted.
Dimensions (Common)
Approx. 73
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
114
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-20 Analog Output Terminal: DRT1-DA02
Specifications
General Specifications
Specification
Item
Output points
Output signal range
Allowable external
output load resistance
Output impedance
Voltage outputs
Current outputs
2 points (allocated two words in the Master Unit.)
1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, or –10 to
10 V
1 KΩ min.
0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA
0.5 Ω max.
---
Resolution
Accuracy 25C
0C to
55C
1/6000 (full scale)
Conversion time
4 ms/2 points
600 Ω max.
±0.4% FS
±0.8% FS
Conversion output data –10- to 10-V range:
8BB8 to 0 to 0BB8 full scale
(Binary)
Other signal ranges: 0000 to 1770 full scale
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation between analog outputs and
communications lines
(There is no isolation between analog output signals.)
Components
CompoBus/D Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
Rotary switch
Sets the output ranges.
Terminal block
Connect the internal circuits power
supply and the analog outputs.
DIN track mounting hooks
Communications connector
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address setting
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate setting
Pins 9 and 10: Output status after communications error
115
Section
Slave Specifications
DIP Switch Settings
4-2
The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch.
Node address setting
Output status after
communications error
Baud rate
The following table summarizes the DIP switch settings. (All pins are factory-set
to OFF.)
Pin(s)
Function
1 through 6 Node address setting
7 and 8
Baud rate
9 and 10
Output status at
communications error.
(See page 119 for
details.)
Settings
Refer to 4-1-3 Slave Settings (Common) for
details.
9
10 Output
OFF OFF Clear at “Low” (see below)
(Factory setting)
OFF ON Clear at “High” (see below)
ON OFF Hold
ON ON Hold
Outputs for “High” and “Low” Clear
Pins 9 and 10 of the DIP switch determine the status of the outputs after a communications error occurs in CompoBus/D communications. The following table
shows the lower and upper limits of the output ranges for each output signal
range setting.
Output signal range
“Low”
“High”
–10 to 10 V
–11 V
11 V
0 to 10 V
–0.5 V
10.5 V
1 to 5 V
0.8 V
5.2 V
0 to 20 mA
0 mA
21 mA
4 to 20 mA
3.2 mA
20.8 mA
Note Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications power supply) before changing any settings.
116
Section
Slave Specifications
Rotary Switch Setting
4-2
Set the output signal range for each output with the rotary switch.
The following table shows the rotary switch settings and corresponding output
signal range settings.
No.
0
Signal range
for output 0
1 to 5 V
Signal range
for output 1
1 to 5 V
1
1 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
2
1 to 5 V
–10 to 10 V
3
1 to 5 V
0 to 20 mA
4
1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
5
0 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
6
0 to 10 V
–10 to 10 V
7
0 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
8
0 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
9
–10 to 10 V
–10 to 10 V
A
–10 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
B
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
C
0 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
D
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
E
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
F
(Setting not possible.)
Internal Circuits
Photocoupler
V+
CAN H
CAN L
I+
Physical
Photolayer
coupler
V+
V–
Output 0
–
Internal
circuitry
DRAIN
I+
SOURCE
24 VDC +
SOURCE
24 VDC –
V+
DC-DC
converter
(Isolated)
Output 1
–
Analog GND
Terminal Arrangement
+
–
+
+
–
+
+
–
117
Section
Slave Specifications
Wiring
4-2
Connect the power supply and outputs (voltage output or current output) to the
Analog Output Terminal’s terminal block as shown in the following diagram.
Internal circuits
power supply
SOURCE
24 VDC
Voltage output
connection
V+
–
Current output
connection
I+
V+
–
I+
+
–
–
+
Internal circuits
power supply
External
device
Output Ranges and
Converted Data
External
device
+
–
+
–
The Analog Output Terminal converts the digital output data to analog values.
The analog values depend on the output signal ranges, as shown in the following
diagrams.
–10- to 10-V Outputs
The hexadecimal values 8BB8 to 0BB8 (–3000 to 3000) correspond to an analog voltage range of –10 to 10 V.
The entire output range is –11 to 11 V.
Voltage
11 V
10 V
8CE4 8BB8
FFFF (–3300) (–3000)
0000 (0)
0V
Converted data
0BB8 0CE4 FFFF Hexadecimal
(Decimal)
(3000) (3300)
–10 V
–11 V
0- to 10-V Outputs
The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to 6000) correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V. The entire output range is –0.5 to 10.5 V.
Voltage
10.5 V
10 V
0V
FFFF 812C (–300)
–0.5 V
118
0000 (0)
Converted
1770 189C 7FFF data
Hexadecimal
(6000) (6300)
(Decimal)
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
1- to 5-V Outputs
The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to 6000) correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V. The entire output range is 0.8 to 5.2 V.
Voltage
5.2 V
5V
1V
FFFF 812C
(–300)
0.8 V
0V
0000 (0)
Converted data
1770 189C 7FFF Hexadecimal
(Decimal)
(6000) (6300)
0- to 20-mA Outputs
The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to 6000) correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA. The entire output range is 0 to 21 mA.
Current
21 mA
20 mA
0 mA
0000 (0)
FFFF
Converted data
1770 189C 7FFF Hexadecimal
(Decimal)
(6000) (6300)
4- to 20-mA Outputs
The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 (0 to 6000) correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA. The entire output range is 3.2 to 20.8 mA.
Current
20.8 mA
20 mA
4 mA
FFFF
Output Status after
Communications Error
3.2 mA
0V
812C 0000 (0)
(–300)
Converted data
1770 189C 7FFF Hexadecimal
(Decimal)
(6000) (6300)
Pins 9 and 10 of the DIP switch determine the status of the outputs after a communications error occurs in CompoBus/D communications.
Hold:
Low:
High:
Maintains the previous output status.
Clears to the lower limit of the output signal range.
Clears to the upper limit of the output signal range.
119
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following table shows the lower and upper limits of the output ranges for
each output signal range setting.
Output signal range
Converted Data
“Low”
“High”
–10 to 10 V
–11 V
11 V
0 to 10 V
–0.5 V
10.5 V
1 to 5 V
0.8 V
5.2 V
0 to 20 mA
0 mA
21 mA
4 to 20 mA
3.2 mA
20.8 mA
Output the converted data to the Master as shown in the following diagram.
Bit
Sign
bit
Output 0 converted data
First word + 1 Sign
bit
Output 1 converted data
First word
The sign bit is turned ON to indicate that the converted value is negative, at
which time the converted value will be an absolute value.
Dimensions
Approx. 73
Unit: mm
12
50 max.
(With connector attached)
150 max.
Mounting holes
40 ± 0.3
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
140± 0.3
120
40 max.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-21 Temperature Input Terminals: DRT1-TS04T and DRT1-TS04P
Specifications
General Specifications
Item
Specification
Model
DRT1-TS04T
Input type
Thermocouple input
DRT1-TS04P
Resistance temperature
sensor input
4 points (allocated four words in the Master Unit.)
Input points
Input classification
R, S, K1, K2, J1, J2, T, E,
B, N, L1, L2, U, W, PL II
convertible (4-point
common input class)
Pt100, JPt100 convertible
(4-point common input
class)
Instruction precision
(Instruction value ±0.5% or
±2°C, whichever is larger)
±1 digit max. (See note.)
(Instruction value ±0.5% or
±1°C, whichever is larger)
±1 digit max.
Conversion period
250 ms / 4 pts.
Temperature
conversion data
Isolation method
Binary data (4-digit hexadecimal)
Photocoupler isolation between temperature inputs and
communications lines
(Photocoupler isolation between temperature input
signals.)
Note Less than –100°C of K1, T, N: ±4°C ±1 digit max.
U, L1, L2:
±4°C ±1 digit max.
Less than 200°C of R, S:
±6°C ±1 digit max.
Less than 400°C of B:
No regulation
W:
(Instruction value ±0.5% or ±6°C, whichever is larger) ±1 digit max.
PL II: (Instruction value ±0.5% or ±4°C, whichever is larger) ±1 digit max.
Components
CompoBus/D Display
(Refer to page 203.)
Rotary switch
Sets the input range.
Broken wire display
The indicator for the relevant number lights
when the open-circuit detection function is
activated.
Cold Junction Compensator
(DRT1-TS04T only)
Corrects the input temperature. Do
not touch or remove it.
Terminal block
Connects the operation power supply
(the internal circuit power supply) and
the temperature sensors. The wiring
will vary depending on the model.
DIN track mounting rack
Communications connector
DIP switch
1 to 6: Node address(Refer to page 49.)
7, 8:
Baud rate (Refer to page 49.)
9:
Temperature unit (°C or °F) (See below)
10:
Display mode for 2 digits below decimal point (See below)
121
Section
Slave Specifications
DIP Switch Settings
4-2
The following diagram shows the functions of the DIP switch.
Two digits below decimal point
Node address
Temperature unit
Baud rate
Pin(s)
Function
1 through 6 Node address setting
7 and 8
Baud rate setting
9
Temperature unit setting
10
Display mode for 2 digits
below the decimal (Refer
to page 126.)
Settings
Refer to 4-1-3 Slave Settings (Common)
for details.
OFF (factory
setting)
ON
OFF (factory
setting)
ON
°C
°F
Normal mode (0 or
1 digit depending
on input
classification)
Two digits below
decimal point
Note Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications power supply) before changing any settings.
122
Section
Slave Specifications
Rotary Switch Setting
4-2
Set the common input classification and input signal range for each input with
the rotary switch. (The input classification and input range cannot be set for
4-point classification.)
Note Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications power supply) before changing any settings.
DRT1-TS04T
The following table shows the input classifications and input ranges according to
the rotary switch settings.
Number
Input classification
Range (°C)
Range (°F)
0
R
0 to 1700
0 to 3000
1
S
0 to 1700
0 to 3000
2
K1
–200 to 1300
–300 to 2300
3
K2
0.0 to 500.0
0.0 to 900.0
4
J1
–100 to 850
–100 to 1500
5
J2
0.0 to 400.0
0.0 to 750.0
6
T
–200.0 to 400.0
–300.0 to 700.0
7
E
0 to 600
0 to 1100
8
L1
–100 to 850
–100 to 1500
9
L2
0.0 to 400.0
0.0 to 750.0
A
U
–200.0 to 400.0
–300.0 to 700.0
B
N
–200 to 1300
–300 to 2300
C
W
0 to 2300
0 to 4100
D
B
100 to 1800
300 to 3200
E
PL II
0 to 1300
0 to 2300
F
Cannot be set.
DRT1-TS04P
The following table shows the input classifications and input ranges according to
the rotary switch settings.
Number
Input classification
Range (°C)
Range (°F)
0
PT100
–200.0 to 650.0
–300.0 to 1200.0
1
JPT100
–200.0 to 650.0
–300.0 to 1200.0
2 to 9
Cannot be set.
123
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Terminal Arrangement
DRT1-TS04T
Cold Junction Compensator
Input 0
Input 0
Input 1
Input 2
Input 2
Input 1
Input 3
Input 3
Note Do not touch or remove the Cold Junction Compensator.
DRT1-TS04P
Input 0 Input 0 Input 1 Input 1
Input 0
Input 1
Input 2 Input 2 Input 3 Input 3
Input 2
Input 3
Connect the inputs to the Temperature Input Terminal’s terminal block as shown
in the following diagram, depending on whether thermocouple inputs or resistance temperature sensor inputs are used.
Wiring
Internal circuit power supply
Source: 24 VDC
DRT1-TS04T
Thermocouple input
DRT1-TS04P
Resistance temperature sensor input
Internal circuit
power supply
Temperature Conversion
Data
124
Data that is input is converted to binary data (4-digit hexadecimal) and the Master is notified. If the converted data is a negative number, it is expressed as a
two’s complement.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The four inputs occupy four words at the Master, as shown below. If the input
classification is set for up to one digit below the decimal point, a multiple of 10 will
be transmitted as binary data.
Bit
Beginning word
Input 0: Temperature conversion data
Beginning word +1
Input 1: Temperature conversion data
Beginning word +2
Input 2: Temperature conversion data
Beginning word +3
Input 3: Temperature conversion data
Input
classification
Note
Unit: 1°C (°F)
R, S, K1, J1, E,
L1, N, W, B, PL
850° → 0352 (4 digits hex)
–200° → FF38 (4 digits hex)
Unit: 0.1°C (°F)
K2, J2, T, L2, U,
Pt100, JPt100
x10
500.0° → 5000 → 1388 (4 digits hex)
–20.0° → 200 → FF38 (4 digits hex)
–200.0° → 2000 → F830 (4 digits hex)
1. For more details regarding temperature conversion data with a unit setting
of two digits below the decimal point (unit: 0.01), refer to page 126.
2. If there is a sudden temperature change, condensation may develop inside
of the Terminal and cause incorrect values to be displayed. If condensation
does develop, leave the Terminal for approximately one hour at a stable
temperature before using it.
Data Ranges and the
Open-circuit Detection
Function
The following table shows the convertible data ranges according to the number
set by the rotary switch.
DRT1-TS04T
Number
Input classification
Range (°C)
Range (°F)
0
R
–20 to 1720
–20 to 3020
1
S
–20 to 1720
–20 to 3020
2
K1
–220 to 1200
–320 to 2320
3
K2
–20.0 to 520.0
20.0 to 920.0
4
J1
–120 to 870
–120 to 1520
5
J2
–20.0 to 420.0
20.0 to 770.0
6
T
–220.0 to 420.0
–320.0 to 720.0
7
E
–20 to 620
20 to 1120
8
L1
–120 to 870
–120 to 1520
9
L2
–20.0 to 420.0
20.0 to 770.0
A
U
–220.0 to 420.0
–320.0 to 720.0
B
N
–220 to 1320
–320 to 2320
C
W
–20 to 2320
20 to 4120
D
B
80 to 1820
280 to 3220
E
PL II
–20 to 1320
–20 to 2320
F
Cannot be set.
125
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
DRT1-TS04P
Number
Input classification
Range (°C)
Range (°F)
0
Pt100
–220.0 to 670.0
–320.0 to 1220.0
1
JPt100
–220.0 to 670.0
–320.0 to 1220.0
2 to 9
Cannot be set.
If the input temperature goes outside of the permissible conversion range, the
temperature data is fixed at the upper or lower limit.
If the input temperature goes beyond a given constant value, outside of the permissible conversion range, it is determined that the input wiring has been disconnected. The open-circuit detection function is then activated so that the temperature data is set to 7FFF (hexadecimal), and the broken wire indicator on the
Temperature Input Terminal lights up. The open-circuit detection function will operate even if there is an error at the Cold Junction Compensator.
When the input temperature returns to within the conversion range, the open-circuit detection function is automatically cleared and the conversion data is returned to normal.
Temperature Input
Terminal’s Display Mode
for 2 Digits Below the
Decimal Point
! Caution
126
This section explains the Temperature Input Terminal’s display mode for 2 digits
below the decimal point.
When the Temperature Input Terminal is in this mode, each single item of temperature data (four integer digits and two digits below the decimal point, in six
digits of hexadecimal binary data) is provided to the Master Unit multiplied by
100 with the sign affixed. At that time the temperature data is divided into two
parts as shown below, and these parts are alternately transmitted every 125 ms.
(The two respective data items are each configured as one word of data.)
In the display mode for 2 digits below the decimal point, temperature data is converted for up to two digits below the decimal point, but the actual resolution is not
0.01°C (°F). Therefore there may be some oscillation or jumping at the 0.01°C
(°F) and 0.1°C (°F) digits. Resolutions beyond those prescribed for the normal
mode should be treated as reference data.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
The following diagram shows how temperature data is divided and the data configuration.
Temperature data (Actual temperature x 100, in binary data)
Notification format for leftmost 3 digits
Bit
Left/right
Temp.
unit
Broken
wire
Not used.
0: Left
1: Right
0: C°
1: F°
0: OK
1: Error
0 (Fixed)
Sign/determination area
Data area
Notification format for rightmost 3 digits
Bit
Right/left
Temp.
unit
Broken
wire
Not used.
0: Left
1: Right
0: C°
1: F°
0: OK
1: Error
0 (Fixed)
Sign/determination area
Data area
Leftmost/rightmost bit: Determines whether leftmost or rightmost digits are
displayed.
Temperature unit bit:
Determines whether temperature is expressed in °C or
°F.
Broken wire bit:
Turns ON (1) to notify of broken wire. At that time the
data in the leftmost three digits is “7FF” and the data in
the rightmost three digits is “FFF.”
The three leftmost digits and three rightmost digits, each comprising one word of
data, are alternately provided to the Master every 125 ms as shown in the following diagram.
125 mms
Leftmost 3 digits
125 mms
125 mms
Rightmost 3 digits
Leftmost 3 digits
Time
Data refresh
Data refresh
127
Section
Slave Specifications
Example 1: 1130.25°C
Value multiplied by 100: 113025
Notification value:
01B981 (113025 expressed in hexadecimal)
Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Leftmost °C Normal
Data area
Sign/determination area
Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Rightmost °C Normal
Data area
Sign/determination area
Example 2: –100.12°C
Value multiplied by 100: –10012
Notification value:
FFD8E4 (–10012 expressed in hexadecimal)
Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Leftmost °C Normal
Sign/determination area
Data area
Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Rightmost °C Normal
Data area
Sign/determination area
Example 3: –200.12°C
Value multiplied by 100: –20012
Notification value:
FFB1D4 (–20012 expressed in hexadecimal)
Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Leftmost
°F
Normal
Sign/determination area
Data area
Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Rightmost °F
Data area
Normal
Sign/determination area
128
4-2
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Example 4: Input Error (Broken Wire) (Unit:°F)
Notification value:
7FFFFF
Contents of 3 Leftmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
°F
Leftmost
Error
Sign/determination area
Data area
Contents of 3 Rightmost Digits
Sign/Determin.
Temperature conversion data
Bits
Data
Rightmost °F
Note
Sample Program
Word
Bit
Data area
Error
Sign/determination area
1. Data notification is provided in order, from the leftmost digits to the rightmost. When reading data with the program, be sure to read it in that same
order.
2. Taking the Programmable Controller’s cycle time and the communications
time into consideration, lower the the reading cycle to 125 ms or less. If the
reading cycle exceeds 125 ms, normal data cannot be read.
The following program is an example of using the Temperature Input Terminal in
the display mode for 2 digits below the decimal point.
Settings
Temperature Input Terminal’s allocated words: 350 to 353
Temperature Input Terminal’s mode: Two digits below decimal point (DIP switch
pin 10: ON)
Operation
The temperature data from the Temperature Input Terminal’s input 0 is stored in
words 30 to 32 in binary data multiplied by 100, as shown below.
15 to 12
11 to 8
7 to 4
3
2
1
30
x163
x162
x161
x160
31
x167
x166
x165
x164
32
0 (Fixed)
0 (Fixed)
0 (Fixed)
0
Temperature Broken wire
unit bit
bit
0
0
Temperature unit bit
0: °C; 1: °F
Broken wire bit:
0: Normal; 1: Error
The data in words 30 and 31 can be treated as 32-bit binary data.
129
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Program Example
35015
MOV
Leftmost 3 digits notification
350
Stores leftmost 3 digits of data in IR word 040.
040
35015
MOVD
Leftmost 3 digits
notification
350
#0020
Transfers rightmost 3 bits of data (160 to 162)
to word 030.
030
MOVD
350
Transfers163 data to word 030.
#0300
030
MOVD
040
#0011
Transfers164 and165 data to word 031.
031
04011
MOVD
#00FF
When data is negative
#0210
If data is negative, stores “FF” in leftmost
two digits of word 031.
031
04011
MOVD
When data is positive
#0000
#0210
If data is positive, stores “00” in leftmost
two digits of word 031.
031
XFRB
#0210
040
032
130
Transfers sign bit and broken wire bit
status to word 032.
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
Dimensions (Common)
Unit: mm
Approx. 73
(With connector installed)
50 max.
12
150 max.
40 max.
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
131
Section
Slave Specifications
4-2
4-2-22 I/O Link Unit: CQM1-DRT21
Specifications
The general specifications for the CQM1-DRT21 I/O Link Unit conform to CQM1
specifications.
Item
Specification
Model number
CQM1-DRT21
Number of I/O points
16 inputs, 16 outputs (32 I/O points total)
Compatible PCs
All CQM1 PCs
(CQM1-CPU11-E/21-E/41-EV1/42-EV1/43-EV1/44-EV1)
Connection to previous models
(CQM1-CPU41-E/42-E/43-/44-E) is possible.
Max. number of Units
3 Units max. with CQM1-CPU11-E/21-E PCs
7 Units max. with
CQM1-CPU41-EV1/42-EV1/43-EV1/44-EV1 PCs
Connection to previous models
(CQM1-CPU41-E/42-E/43-/44-E) is possible: 5 Units
max.
Current consumption
Communications power: 40 mA max. (24 VDC)
Internal circuits: 80 mA max. (5 VDC)
185 g max.
Weight
General Specifications
Conform to SYSMAC CQM1 specifications.
Components
Indicators (Refer to page 203.)
DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address
Pins 7 and 8: Baud rate
Pin 9: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Pin 10: Hold/Clear outputs for communications error
Communications connector
132
Section
Slave Specifications
CQM1 Word Allocation
In the CQM1 PCs, an I/O Link Unit is treated just like an I/O Unit with one input
word and one output word, so word allocation is identical to a standard I/O Unit.
Words are allocated from the left side of the PC, beginning with IR 001 for inputs
and IR 100 for outputs. The following diagram shows a word allocation example.
Word allocation
Inputs
IR 000
IR 001
IR 002
Outputs
IR 100
IR 101
IR 102
From the Master’s
output area
To the Master’s
input area
Dimensions
4-2
PS: Power supply unit
CPU: CPU Unit
IN: Input Unit/Terminals
OUT: Output Unit
DRT: I/O Link Unit
The following diagram shows the dimensions for the CQM1-DRT21 I/O Link
Unit. Refer to the PC’s Installation Guide for the dimensions of the Unit when it is
mounted to the Backplane. (All dimensions are in mm.)
(With the cover removed)
133
SECTION 5
Special I/O Slave Units Specifications
This section provides specifications for the C200H I/O Link Unit and the RS-232C Unit.
5-1
5-2
C200H I/O Link Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-3 Rotary Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-4 DIP Switch Settings: Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-5 DIP Switch Settings: Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-6 Special I/O Area Function and Read/Write Area Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-7 Explicit DeviceNet Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1-9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RS-232C Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-2 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-3 DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-4 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-5 Word Allocations for Communications Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-6 Using the RS-232C Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-7 Explicit DeviceNet Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136
136
137
138
139
140
140
148
155
161
162
162
163
165
165
166
167
168
177
182
135
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
5-1
C200H I/O Link Units
The C200H I/O Link Unit is a Special I/O Slave Unit that allows data from any
area in the CPU Unit of the PC to be read or written from the Master Unit. Using
the C200H I/O Link Unit, a Slave PC can be controlled by the Master through the
CompoBus/D Network.
Memory areas being used by other Special I/O Units can also be specified, allowing Special I/O Units mounted to the Slave PCs to also be controlled indirectly from the Master.
5-1-1 Specifications
General Specifications
Item
Specification
Model
C200HW-DRT21
Connectable PCs
C200HX/HG/HE(-Z)
Communications
power supply voltage
Internal current
consumption
Mounting
11 to 25 VDC
(Supplied from the communications connector.)
Communications: 45 mA max.
Internal circuits: 250 mA max. (5 VDC supplied via PC.)
Mounted on a C200HX/HG/HE Backplane.
Weight
250 g max.
Note All other specifications except those listed correspond to those of the C200HX/
HG/HE PCs.
Communications
Specifications
Item
Input: 512 points max. (32 words)
Output: 512 points max. (32 words)
Memory areas that can IR, SR, DM, HR, AR, LR, TIM/CNT, EM
be allocated
Default allocation area Write area: One word, IR 350
Read area: One word, IR 50
Maximum message
Read: 200 bytes
length
Write: 200 bytes
Settings
Rotary switch:
Unit No. (Machine No.)
Rear panel DIP switch:
Node address
Front panel DIP switch:
Baud rate, Hold/Clear Write
Area data for communications error.
Indicators
136
Specification
I/O points
MS, NS indicators (2-color):
7-segment display (2-digit:):
Dot indicators:
Unit status
Node address, error codes
Read/Write Area, default
settings
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
5-1-2 Components
Front panel
Rear panel
Indicators
DIP switch (Rear panel)
Pins 1 to 6: Node address
Pins 7 and 8: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Rotary switch
Sets the Unit No. as a
single-digit hexadecimal
DIP switch (Front panel)
Pins 1 and 2: Baud rate
Pin 3: Hold/Clear Write Area data for communications error
Pin 4: Reserved (Always OFF.)
Communications connector
The indicators display the status of the C200H I/O Link Unit and the Network.
When the Network is operating normally, the 7-segment display shows the
C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address; when an error has occurred, it shows an
error code and the faulty node’s node address.
Indicators
Indi- Color
cator
MS
Green
Definition
Meaning
---
ON
Flashing
ON
Flashing
OFF
Device Operational
Device in Standby
Unrecoverable Fault
Minor Fault
No Power
Green
ON
Flashing
Link OK.
On-line, Connected.
On-line, Not Connected
Red
ON
Critical Link Failure
Network is operating normally, but communications have not yet
been established.
A fatal communications error has occurred. Network
communications are not possible. Check for a node address
duplication or Bus Off error.
---
Flashing
OFF
Connection Time-out
Not Powered/
Not On-Line
Communications timeout.
Checking for node address duplication on the Master, switch
settings are incorrect, or the power supply is OFF.
Red
NS
Status
Normal operating status.
Reading switch settings.
Unit hardware error: Watchdog timer error.
Switch settings incorrect, etc.
Power isn’t being supplied, waiting for initial processing to start, or
the Unit is being reset.
Network is operating normally (communications established)
137
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Seven-Segment Display
In addition to the MS and NS indicators, a C200H I/O Link Unit has a 2-digit,
7-segment display that normally displays the C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address. When an error occurs, the display will alternate between the error code
and the node address of the faulty Slave. The dots at the lower-right of each digit
indicate the Read/Write Area setting status (default/user settings).
Normal: C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address
Error: Error code and C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address
Read/Write Area: Default/user settings
Status
Error
Display
Watchdog timer
Memory or system
error
Other errors
Not lit
Error code only
Lit
Error code and error node address alternate
(see diagram below)
Dot Indicators
Status
Read/Write Area default settings
Both dots lit.
Read/Write Area user settings
Both dots not lit.
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
Display
OFF (0.3 s)
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
Faulty node
address (1 s)
If several errors occur at the same time, the error codes will be displayed in order
of node address.
5-1-3 Rotary Switch Settings
The rotary switch is used to set the C200H I/O Link Unit’s Unit number (Machine
No.).
MACHINE No.
PC
C200HX/HG-CPU5/6/8
C200HX/HG-CPU3/4(-Z)
C200HE (-Z) all models
(-Z)
Setting method
Set as a one-digit
hexadecimal value.
Setting range
0 to F
0 to 9
Provided the Unit No. is not being used by another Special I/O Unit mounted to
the same PC, the settings can be made anywhere within the setting range. Use a
small flat-blade screw driver, and take care not to scratch the rotary switch when
making the setting.
138
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
Note
5-1
1. Always turn OFF the PC’s power supply before changing the rotary switch
setting.
2. The Unit No. determines which words will be allocated to the Unit in the Special I/O Area.
3. If the C200H I/O Link Unit and another Special I/O Unit mounted to the same
PC have the same Unit No., an error will occur on the PC and the Unit will not
be able to participate in the CompoBus/D Network.
5-1-4 DIP Switch Settings: Rear Panel
The DIP switch on the rear panel of the Unit is used to set the node address for
the C200H I/O Link Unit.
Node address setting
Reserved (Always OFF.)
Setting method
Settings are made in 6-digit binary.
Setting range
0 to 63
Pins 1 through 6 of the DIP switch correspond to binary digits 1 to 6. ON is 1 and
OFF is 0. By setting pins 1 through 6 of the DIP switch, the node addresses are
set as shown in the following table.
DIP switch setting
Node address
Pin 6
0
Pin 5
0
Pin 4
0
Pin 3
0
Pin 2
0
Pin 1
0
0 (default)
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
1
0
1
61
1
1
1
1
1
0
62
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
Any node address within the setting range can be used as long as it is not already set on another node in the network.
Note
1. (Refer to Appendix A Node Address Settings Table for a complete table of
DIP switch and baud rate settings.)
2. The default setting is 0. Because the node address setting for the C200H I/O
Link Unit is made on the rear panel DIP switch, the Unit must be removed
before the setting can be changed. For this reason, be sure the setting is
correct before configuring the network.
3. Pins 7 and 8 are reserved for system use. They must always be set to OFF.
4. If the same node address is used for two different nodes, a node duplication
error will occur.
139
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
5-1-5 DIP Switch Settings: Front Panel
The DIP switch on the front panel of the Unit is used to set the baud rate and
Hold/Clear Write Area data for communications error. The functions and setting
for the front panel DIP switch are as shown in the following diagram.
Reserved (Always OFF.)
Hold/Clear Write Area data for communications error
Baud rate
Pin
1
2
3
4
Baud Rate
Function
Baud rate
Setting
See the next table.
Hold/Clear Write Area data for
communications error
OFF:
Clear (default)
ON:
Hold
Reserved
Leave this pin set to OFF.
Pins 1 and 2 are used to set the baud rate as shown in the following table.
Note
Pin 1
Pin 2
Baud rate
OFF
OFF
125 kbps (default)
ON
OFF
250 kbps
OFF
ON
500 kbps
ON
ON
Not allowed.
1. Always turn OFF the Slave’s power supply (including the communications
power supply) before changing the baud rate setting.
2. Set the same baud rate on all of the nodes (Master and Slaves) in the Network. Any Slaves with baud rates different from the Master’s rate will not be
able to participate in communications, and it may cause a communications
error to occur between nodes with the correct settings.
5-1-6 Special I/O Area Function and Read/Write Area Allocation
The C200H I/O Link Unit allows data from any area in the CPU Unit of the PC to
be read or written from the Master Unit, depending on the Special I/O Area settings. In order for the C200H I/O Link Unit and the Master to operate together, the
Read/Write Area on the C200H I/O Link Unit and the allocated words on the
Master are linked, as illustrated in the following diagram.
Master
IN Area
OUT Area
Slave
Read Area Write Area
C200H I/O Link Unit
140
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Words are allocated in the PC’s Special I/O Area according to the Unit number,
as illustrated in the following table.
Special I/O Area Words
and Configuration
Unit number
Special I/O Area words
0
IR 100 to IR109
1
IR 110 to IR 119
2
IR 120 to IR 129
3
IR 130 to IR 139
4
IR 140 to IR 149
5
IR 150 to IR 159
6
IR 160 to IR 169
7
IR 170 to IR 179
8
IR 180 to IR 189
9
IR 190 to IR 199
A
IR 400 to IR 409
B
IR 410 to IR 419
C
IR 420 to IR 429
D
IR 430 to IR 439
E
IR 440 to IR 449
F
IR 450 to IR 459
In the C200H I/O Link Unit, the Special I/O Area is used as illustrated below.
Bit 0
Bit 15
+ 0 words
+ 1 to 4 words
+ 5 words
+ 6 to 9 words
Software switches
Read/Write Setting Area
Status
Read/Write Reference Area
Software Switches
The functions of the software switches are illustrated in the following diagram.
Bit
Not used
Read/Write Area user settings
Read/Write Area default settings
Bit 00: Read/Write Area User Settings
To enable user settings for the Read and Write Areas, turn ON software switch
bit 00. The result of the operation (normal completion or error completion) will be
indicated in status bit 09 or bit 10 (first word + 5 words). Before turning OFF software switch bit 00, check whether status bit 09 or bit 10 is ON.
The sizes of the Read and Write Areas and the first words in the Read and Write
Areas that have been set in the Read/Write Setting Area will be stored in the
Master Unit’s non-volatile memory when bit 00 changes from OFF to ON.
Note
1. The Read/Write Area user settings software switch is effective only when
the PC is in PROGRAM mode. If used in other operating modes, an error will
occur (error code C0 Hex). When a C0 error occurs, switch the PC to PROGRAM mode and try the operation again.
2. Read/Write Area settings will not become effective by manipulating the software switch alone. After changing the settings, either reset the Unit or restart the PC to enable the new settings.
141
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
3. The Read/Write Area user settings are stored in the C200H I/O Link Unit’s
EEPROM memory. Once they have been set, they will not change when the
Unit is turned OFF or reset, and data from the set areas can be sent and
received from the next time the Unit is started.
4. There is a limit to the number of times data can be written to EEPROM. Do
not exceed the EEPROM write life (1 million writes).
Bit 01: Read/Write Area Default Settings
To return the Read and Write Areas to the default settings, turn software switch
bit 01 ON.
Note
1. The Read/Write Area default settings software switch is effective only when
the PC is in PROGRAM mode. If used in other operating modes, an error will
occur (error code C0 Hex). When a C0 error occurs, switch the PC to PROGRAM mode and try the operation again.
2. Read/Write Area default settings do not become effective by changing this
bit setting alone. The Read/Write Area default settings will not become effective by manipulating the software switch alone. After changing the settings, either reset the Unit or restart the PC to enable the new settings.
3. The default settings for the Read and Write Areas are as follows:
Read Area: IR 50 (No. of words: 1)
Write Area: IR 350 (No. of words: 1)
Read/Write Setting Area
The Read/Write Setting Area is configured as shown in the following illustration.
After setting data for the Read and Write Areas, turn software switch bit 00 ON,
and then restart the Unit to set the Read Area and Write Area.
Word Bit 15
+0
Bit 0
Software switch
+1
Write Area Setting
+2
+3
Read Area Setting
+4
Specify the area size, area, and address of the first word for the Read Area and
the Write Area.
Bit 15
Bit 0
Area size
Area
Address of first word
Area Size:
Area:
Set in hexadecimal in byte units.
The setting range is 0 to 40 Hex (0 to 64 decimal, 0 to 32 words).
The area is set as follows:
Setting
142
Area
Word range
01 Hex
IR Area 1
Write Area: IR 0 to IR 235
Read Area: IR 0 to IR 235
IR 300 to IR 511
02 Hex
IR Area 2
03 Hex
Data Memory Area
04 Hex
LR Area
DM 0 to DM 4095
(C200HE-CPU11-E only)
DM 0 to DM 5999
(All except C200HE-CPU11-E)
LR 00 to LR 63
05 Hex
HR Area
HR 0 to HR 99
06 Hex
AR Area
07 Hex
Timer/Counter Area
TIM/CNT 0 to TIM/CNT 511
08 Hex
EM Area, Bank 0 only
EM 0 to EM 6143
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Address of First Word: The address first word of the memory area is set in hexadecimal. Areas that can be specified differ depending on the model of PC used
and the area.
Example: Setting DM 1000 to DM 1015 (16 words = 32 bytes).
Bit 0
Bit 15
Status Area
The Status Area indicates the operating status of the C200H I/O Link Unit. The
meaning of each bit is as shown in the following diagram.
Bit
Not used
Incorrect Switch Settings/EEPROM Error
Node Address Duplication/Bus Off Error Detected
PC Mounting Error
Network Power Supply Error
Communications Error
Hold/Clear Write Area Data for Communications Error
Read/Write Area Settings Normal Completion
Read/Write Area Settings Error Completion
Explicit Connection Established
Read/Write Area Default Settings
Error
I/O Link Executing
Bit
Name
ON
OFF
0
Incorrect Switch
Settings/EEPROM Error Flag
Turns ON when an incorrect switch
setting or an error in EEPROM is
detected.
Turns OFF when the PC or C200H I/O
Link Unit is restarted.
1
Node Address
Duplication/Bus Off Error
Flag
Turns ON when the same node address Turns OFF when the PC or C200H I/O
is set for more than one Unit or a Bus
Link Unit is restarted.
Off (communications are halted by many
communications errors) error is
detected.
2
PC Mounting Error Flag
Turns ON when a PC mounting error is
detected. (When another
Communications Unit is mounted to the
same PC and it’s Read/Write Area
settings are set to default.)
Turns OFF when the Read/Write Area is
set to user settings and the C200H I/O
Link Unit is restarted.
3
Network Power Supply Error
Flag
Turns ON when power OFF is detected
in the CompoBus/D Network.
Turns OFF when the communications
power supply returns to a normal
voltage.
6
Communications Error Flag
8
Hold/Clear Write Area Data
for Communications Error
Flag
Turns ON when a CompoBus/D
communications error is detected.
Turns ON when the Unit is restarted
after pin 3 on the front panel DIP switch
has been set to ON (Hold).
Turns OFF when communications return
to normal.
Turns OFF when the Unit is restarted
after pin 3 on the front panel DIP switch
has been set to OFF (Clear).
9
Read/Write Area Settings
Normal Completion Flag
Turns OFF when software switch bits 0
and 1 are both set to OFF.
10
Read/Write Area Settings
Error Completion Flag
Turns ON when changes to the
Read/Write Area settings have been
completed normally using software
switch bit 0 or 1.
Turns ON when an error has occurred
attempting to make changes to the
Read/Write Area settings using software
switch bit 0 or 1.
Turns OFF when software switch bits 0
and 1 are both set to OFF.
143
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
Bit
Name
ON
5-1
OFF
12
Explicit Connection
Established Flag
Turns ON when an explicit connection
has been established with the Master
Unit.
Turns OFF when the explicit connection
with the Master Unit is broken.
13
14
Read/Write Area Default
Settings Flag
Error Flag
Turns ON when Read/Write Area default
settings are used.
Turns ON when any kind of error
occurs. (When Status bits 00, 01, 02,
06, or 10 are ON.)
Turns OFF when Read/Write Area user
settings are used.
Turns OFF when all errors have been
resolved. (When Status bits 00, 01, 02,
06, and 10 are all OFF.)
15
I/O Link Executing Flag
Turns ON when a connection is
established with the Master Unit.
Turns OFF when a connection with the
Master Unit is broken.
Read/Write Reference Area
The current setting status of the Read Area and Write Area are indicated as
shown in the following diagram. (The Read/Write Area settings are not output to
this area unless the C200H I/O Link Unit is restarted after software switch bit 00
is turned ON.)
Bit 0
Bit 15
+6
+7
+8
+9
Current Write Area setting
Current Read Area setting
Data is stored in these words in the same form as it is for the Read/Write Setting
Area. Refer to page 142 for details.
Setting the Read and
Write Areas
1, 2, 3...
Use the following procedure to set the Read and Write Areas.
Using Control bits
This procedure uses the Read/Write Setting Area and the software switch in the
C200H I/O Link Unit’s Special I/O Area to set the Read and Write Areas.
1. Turn ON the power to the PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted
and set the PC to PROGRAM mode.
2. Using a Peripheral Device, such as a Programming Console, set the Read
Area and Write Area in the Read/Write Setting Area in Special I/O Area
words +2 to +4. Example: Read Area: IR 100 to IR 119, Write Area: DM 0160
to DM 0189.
+1
Write Area: 58 bytes, DM Area
+2
Write Area: First word address 160
+3
Read Area: 40 bytes, IR Area
+4
Read Area: First word address 100
3. Using the Peripheral Device, turn ON software switch bit 00 in Special I/O
Area word +0 (Read/Write Area user settings). If it is already ON, turn it OFF
and then ON again.
4. Check that Status Area bit 09 in Special I/O Area word +5 is ON (Read/Write
Area Setting Normal Completion Flag).
Note At this point, the Read/Write Area settings are written to memory in
the C200H I/O Link Unit, but they are not yet effective. Operation will
continue using the previous Read/Write Area settings. (The contents
of the Read/Write Reference Area will also remain at the previous
settings.)
5. Reset the C200H I/O Link Unit, or restart the PC to which the C200H I/O Link
Unit is mounted.
Note a) The C200H I/O Link Unit can be reset by turning ON the corresponding Special I/O Unit Restart Bit in AR 01 or SR 281.
144
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
b) When the Unit is restarted, the Read/Write settings will become
effective and the number of IN/OUT words for the C200H I/O Link
Unit will be set.
6. Correct the C200H I/O Link Unit’s scan list registration in the Master’s scan
list. There are two methods of registering the scan list.
• Turn ON the Enable Scan List software switch on the Master Unit.
• Create a scan list and registering the Unit using a CompoBus/D Configurator.
If the scan list is registered correctly, data will automatically be transferred
and received between the Master Unit and the C200H I/O Link Unit. For further details on operations on the Master side, refer to the CompoBus/D Operation Manual or the CompoBus/D Configurator Operation Manual.
7. When necessary, it is possible to read and write IN/OUT Areas on the Master, and control the PC (Slave) to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted.
By writing data to the C200H I/O Link Unit OUT Area on the Master, data can
be written to the Slave’s Write Area, and by reading data from the IN Area,
data can be read from the Read Area of the Slave.
Note Once the Read and Write Areas has been set, data will be automatically transferred and received when the Master and Slaves are restarted.
Using the CompoBus/D Configurator
The Read/Write Area can be set using the OMRON Configurator (Ver 1.11 or
later). When using a version earlier than 1.11, contact you local sales office before use. (Version information can be confirmed from the Help Menu.)
1, 2, 3...
1. Connect a CompoBus/D Configurator to the CompoBus/D Network and go
online.
2. Turn ON the power to the PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted,
and place the PC into PROGRAM mode.
3. Access the display containing C200H I/O Link Unit and double click it.
The Device Parameters Editing Screen (Read/Write Area parameter setting
screen) will be displayed.
145
C200H I/O Link Units
Section
5-1
4. Double click on the Read/Write parameters to be changed.
The parameter setting screen will be displayed.
5. Set or change parameters.
a) Size Setting Screen
Use the Left and Right Keys, or the mouse, to select values from the
slide switch in the center of the screen, and click on the OK button.
b) Area Setting Screen
Use the Left and Right Keys, or the mouse, to select the area, and click
on the OK button.
146
C200H I/O Link Units
Section
5-1
c) First Word Address Setting Screen
Use the Left and Right Keys, or the mouse, to select values from the
slide switch in the center of the screen, and click on the OK button.
6. When parameter changes and settings have been completed, click on the
Write to Device button.
147
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
7. Click on the Reset button.
A reset confirmation message will be displayed. Press the Yes button to
confirm. The corresponding bit in AR 01 in the CPU Unit of the PC (the Special I/O Unit Restart Bit) will turn ON when the C200H I/O Link Unit is reset.
8. When necessary, it is possible to read and write IN/OUT Areas on the Master and control the PC (Slave) to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted.
By writing data to the C200H I/O Link Unit OUT Area on the Master, data can
be written to the Slave’s Write Area, and by reading data from the IN Area,
data can be read from the Read Area of the Slave.
Note Once the Read/Write Area has been set, data will be automatically transferred
and received when the Master and Slaves are restarted.
5-1-7 Explicit DeviceNet Messages
Explicit DeviceNet messages (commands) can be sent from the Master to write
data to any area of the CPU Unit of the PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is
mounted.
This section the explicit messages supported by the C200H I/O Link Unit, and
provides usage examples. For further details on using explicit messages on the
Master Unit, refer to the Master Unit’s Operation Manual.
148
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
C200H I/O Link Unit
Explicit Message List
Explicit message
BYTE DATA READ
Function
5-1
Page
Reads the specified node’s data in bytes. Word
data is read from the leftmost bit to the
rightmost bit.
149
BYTE DATA WRITE
The maximum data size for read data is 200
bytes.
Writes the specified node’s data in byte. Word
data is written from the leftmost bit to the
rightmost bit.
WORD DATA READ
The maximum data size for write data is 200
bytes.
Reads the specified node’s data in words. Word 152
data is read from the rightmost bit to the
leftmost bit.
WORD DATA WRITE
The maximum data size for read data is 100
words.
Writes the specified node’s data in words. Word 153
data is written from the rightmost bit to the
leftmost bit.
Error response
The maximum data size for write data is 100
words.
When an error occurs in an explicit message
(command), an error response is sent returned
by the C200H I/O Link Unit.
151
155
Use BYTE DATA READ and BYTE DATA WRITE when sending explicit messages (commands) from an OMRON CompoBus/D Master. When using other
manufacturer’s DeviceNet Masters to send explicit messages (commands), use
WORD DATA READ and WORD DATA WRITE.
The number of bytes specified for Class ID and Instance ID differ according to
the type of Master used. For an OMRON CompoBus/D Master, 2 bytes (4 digits)
are specified. For an example of this, see 5-1-8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages.
BYTE DATA READ
BYTE DATA READ will read data from any area of CPU Unit of the PC to which
the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted. Data is returned from the leftmost bit to the
rightmost bit.
Command Block
Class ID
Address L No. of read bytes
Service code
Address H
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
Word data H
Word data H
Service code
Word data L
Source node address
No. of received bytes
Word data L
Read data
(Maximum: 200 bytes)
149
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Parameters
Destination Node Address (Command)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit reading the data, in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
Service Code (Command, Response)
In the command, IC Hex is specified. In the response, the leftmost bit is turned
ON and 9C Hex is returned.
Class ID (Command)
Always 2F Hex.
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the data area to be read, in hexadecimal, as shown in the following
table.
Setting
Area
Word range
01 Hex
IR Area 1
IR 0 to IR 235
02 Hex
IR Area 2
IR 300 to IR 511
03 Hex
Data Memory Area
04 Hex
LR Area
DM 0 to DM 4095
(C200HE-CPU11 only)
DM 0 to DM 5999 (All except
C200HE-CPU 11)
LR 00 to LR 63
05 Hex
HR Area
HR 0 to HR 99
06 Hex
AR Area
AR 0 to AR 27
07 Hex
Timer/Counter Area
TIM/CNT 0 to TIM/CNT 511
08 Hex
EM Area, Bank 0 only
EM 0 to EM 6143
Address L, Address H (Command)
The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be read.
Address L: Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Address H: Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
No. of Read Bytes (Command)
The number of bytes of read data, in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal. The specified range is 01 to C8 Hex (1 to 200 in decimal).
No. of Received Bytes (Response)
The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal.
Source Node Address (Response)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal.
Read Data (Response)
The specified data (area, words, and number of bytes) is returned from word H
(leftmost byte: bits 08 to 15) to word L (rightmost byte: bits 00 to 07). If an odd
number of read bytes have been specified, the last byte of data moves into word
H.
Precautions
Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be
read differ according to the model of PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is
mounted and the memory area. Be sure to specify bytes within the data area
range.
150
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
BYTE DATA WRITE
5-1
BYTE DATA WRITE will write data to any area in the CPU Unit of the PC to which
the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted. Write data is specified from the leftmost
byte to the rightmost byte.
Command Block
Word data H
Class ID
Service code
Address L
Address H Word data L
Destination node address
Instance ID
Word data H
Word data L
Write data (Maximum 200 bytes)
Response Block
Service code
Source node address
No. of received bytes
Parameters
Destination Node Address (Command)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit writing the data in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
Service Code (Command, Response)
In the command, IE Hex is specified. In the response, the leftmost bit is turned
ON and 9E Hex is returned.
Class ID (Command)
Always 2F Hex.
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the data area to be written, in hexadecimal, as shown in the following
table.
Setting
Area
Word range
01 Hex
IR Area 1
IR 0 to IR 235
02 Hex
IR Area 2
IR 300 to IR 511
03 Hex
Data Memory Area
04 Hex
LR Area
DM 0 to DM 4095
(C200HE-CPU11 only)
DM 0 to DM 5999 (All except
C200HE-CPU11)
LR 00 to LR 63
05 Hex
HR Area
HR 0 to HR 99
06 Hex
AR Area
AR 0 to AR 27
07 Hex
Timer/Counter Area
TIM/CNT 0 to TIM/CNT 511
08 Hex
EM Area, Bank 0 only
EM 0 to EM 6143
Address L, Address H (Command)
The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be written.
Address L: Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Address H: Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Write Data (Command)
Specify the data to be written to the specified area and words from word H (leftmost byte: bits 08 to 15) to word L (rightmost byte: bits 00 to 07). If an odd number of read bytes have been specified, the last byte of data moves into word H.
151
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
No. of Received Bytes (Response)
The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal.
Source Node Address (Response)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal.
Note Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be
written differ according to the model of PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is
mounted and the memory area. Be sure to specify bytes within the data area
range.
WORD DATA READ
WORD DATA READ will read data from any area of the CPU Unit of the PC to
which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted. Data is returned from the rightmost
byte to the leftmost byte.
Command Block
Class ID
Address L No. of read words
Service code
Destination node address
Address H
Instance ID
Response Block
Service code
Word data L
Source node address
No. of received bytes
Word data H
Word data H
Word data L
Read data
(Maximum: 200 bytes)
Parameters
Destination Node Address (Command)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit reading the data, in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
Service Code (command, response)
In the command, ID Hex is specified. In the response, the leftmost bit is turned
ON and 9D Hex is returned.
Class ID (Command)
Always 2F Hex.
152
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the data area to be read, in hexadecimal as shown in the following
table.
Setting
Area
Word range
01 Hex
Relay Area 1 (IR)
IR 0 to IR 235
02 Hex
Relay Area 2 (IR)
IR 300 to IR 511
03 Hex
Data Memory Area (DM)
04 Hex
Link Relay Area (LR)
DM 0 to DM 4095
(C200HE-CPU11 only)
DM 0 to DM 5999 (All except
C200HE-CPU11)
LR 00 to LR 63
05 Hex
Holding Relay Area (HR)
HR 0 to HR 99
06 Hex
Auxiliary Relay Area (AR)
AR 0 to AR 27
07 Hex
Timer/Counter Area (TIM/CNT)
TIM/CNT 0 to TIM/CNT 511
08 Hex
Extended Data Memory Area
(EM) (Bank 0 only)
EM 0 to EM 6143
Address L, Address H (Command)
The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be read.
Address L: Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Address H: Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
No. of read words (Command)
The number of words of read data, in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal. The specified range is 01 to 64 Hex (1 to 100 in decimal).
No. of received bytes (Response)
The number of bytes received from the destination node address is returned in
hexadecimal.
Source node address (Response)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal.
Read data (Response)
The specified area type, words, and number of bytes of data are returned from
word L (rightmost byte: bits 0 to 7) to word H (leftmost byte: bits 8 to 15).
Note Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of bytes to be
read differ according to the model of PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is
mounted and the memory area. Be sure to specify data bytes within the data
area range.
WORD DATA WRITE
WORD DATA WRITE will write data to any area of the CPU Unit of the PC to
which the C200H I/O Link Unit is mounted. Write data is specified from the rightmost byte to the leftmost byte.
Command Block
Class ID
Word data L
Address L
Service code
Word data H
Destination node address Instance ID Address H
Word data L
Word data H
Write data (Maximum 200 bytes)
153
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Response Block
Service code
Source node address
No. of received bytes
Parameters
Destination Node Address (Command)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit writing the data, in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
Service Code (Command, Response)
In the command, IF Hex is specified. In the response, the leftmost bit is turned
ON and 9F Hex is returned.
Class ID (Command)
Always 2F Hex.
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the data area to be written in hexadecimal as shown in the following
table.
Setting
Area
Word range
01 Hex
IR Area 1
IR 0 to IR 235
02 Hex
IR Area 2
IR 300 to IR 511
03 Hex
Data Memory Area
04 Hex
LR Area
DM 0 to DM 4095
(C200HE-CPU11 only)
DM 0 to DM 5999 (All except
C200HE-CPU11)
LR 00 to LR 63
05 Hex
HR Area
HR 0 to HR 99
06 Hex
AR Area
AR 0 to AR 27
07 Hex
Timer/Counter Area
TIM/CNT 0 to TIM/CNT 511
08 Hex
EM Area, Bank 0 only
EM 0 to EM 6143
Address L, Address H (Command)
The address in hexadecimal of the first word of data to be written.
Address L: Rightmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Address H: Leftmost 2 digits of the address in 4-digit hexadecimal.
Write Data (Command)
Specify the data to be written to the specified area and words from word H (leftmost byte: bits 08 to 15) to word L (rightmost byte: bits 00 to 07).
No. of Received Bytes (Response)
The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal.
Source Node Address (Response)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal.
Note Actual addresses for Address H and Address L and actual number of words to be
written differ according to the model of PC to which the C200H I/O Link Unit is
mounted and the memory area. Be sure to specify bytes within the data area
range.
154
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
Error Response
5-1
When there is an error in the explicit command, the C200H I/O Link Unit will return an error response as illustrated below.
Response Block
General error
code
Additional error code
(FF Hex: fixed)
Source Service code (94 Hex: fixed)
node address
No. of received bytes
Parameters
No. of Received Bytes (Response)
The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal.
Source Node Address (Response)
The node address of the C200H I/O Link Unit that returned the response is returned in hexadecimal.
Service Code (Response)
Fixed to 94 Hex.
General Error Code (Response)
The error code is returned in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal, as shown in the
following table.
Error code
Name
08 Hex
Service not supported
15 Hex
Too much data
13 Hex
Not enough data
20 Hex
Invalid parameter
11 Hex
Reply data too large
16 Hex
Object does not exist
Details
There is an error in the service
code.
There is too much data. (The
data specified by the data write
command exceeds the area
range.)
There is not enough data (e.g.,
an odd number of bytes of data
was specified for the WORD
DATA WRITE command).
An error was made specifying
the word address.
The data specified by the data
read command exceeds the
area range.
There is an error in the Class
ID or Instance ID.
Additional Error Code (Response)
Always FF Hex.
5-1-8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages
Using CMND(194)
(CV-series PCs) to Read
Data
In the following example, CMND(194) is used to read words CIO 010 to CIO 029
(20 words) on the Slave Unit, from the Master (CV-series PC).
For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D
Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on CMND(194), refer to the
SYSMAC CV-series PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 63
Slave network address: 1
Slave node address:
2
155
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Example: Using CMND(194)
Command Words (S: First Command Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
S
28 01
S+1
02 1C
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA READ command service
code: 1C Hex
S+2
00 2F
Class ID: 002F Hex
S+3
00 01
Instance ID: For IR Area 1: 0001 Hex
S+4
0A 00
S+5
28 00
Read start address: 10 = 000A Hex
Address L: 0A Hex, Address H: 00 Hex
No. of bytes of read data: 40 bytes = 28
Hex (The rightmost byte is not used.)
D: Response Words (D: First Response Word)
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Contents (Hex)
D
28 01
D+1
00 00
D+2
00 2A
D+3
02 9C
D+4
HH LL
to
to
D+23
HH LL
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3): 42 bytes
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA READ response service code:
9C Hex
Data read from the Slave’s IR10 to IR29.
When the BYTE DATA READ command is
used from an OMRON Master, data is
stored in the Master in the same sequence
as the Slave; leftmost byte to rightmost
byte.
Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
156
Contents (Hex)
C
00 08
C+1
00 30
C+2
00 01
C+3
3F FE
C+4
00 00
C+5
00 64
Meaning
No. of bytes of command data: 11 bytes of
command data, S
No. of bytes of response data: 48 bytes of
response data, D
Destination node network address: 1
Master’s node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Response returned, communications port
No.: 0, No. of retries: 0
Response monitoring time: 10 s
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
Using CMND(194)
(CV-series PCs) to Write
Data
5-1
In the following example, CMND(194) is used to write data to words CIO 10 to
CIO 29 (20 words) on the Slave Unit from the Master (CV-series PC). For more
detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D Master Unit
Operation Manual or for information on CMND(194), refer to the SYSMAC CVseries PC Operation Manual: Ladder Diagrams.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 63
Slave network address: 1
Slave node address:
2
Example: Using CMND(194)
Command Words (S: First Command Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
S
28 01
S+1
02 1E
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA WRITE command service
code: 1E Hex
S+2
00 2F
Class ID: 002F Hex
S+3
00 01
Instance ID: For IR Area 1: 0001 Hex
S+4
0A 00
S+5
HH LL
to
to
S+24
HH LL
Write start address: 10 = 000A Hex
Address L: 0A Hex, Address H: 00 Hex
Data written to the Slave’s IR10 to IR29.
When the BYTE DATA WRITE command is
used from an OMRON Master, data is
written to the Slave in the same sequence
it is stored in the Master; leftmost byte to
rightmost byte.
D: Response Words (D: First Response Word)
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Contents (Hex)
D
28 01
D+1
00 00
D+2
00 02
D+3
02 9E
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3): 2 bytes
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA WRITE response service
code: 9E Hex
Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
C
00 32
C+1
00 08
C+2
00 01
C+3
3F FE
C+4
00 00
C+5
00 64
Meaning
No. of bytes of command data: 50 bytes of
command data, S
No. of bytes of response data: 8 bytes of
response data, D
Destination node network address: 1
Master’s node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Response returned, communications port
No.: 0, No. of retries: 0
Response monitoring time: 10 s
157
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
Using the IOWR
Instruction
(C200HX/HG/HE PCs) to
Read Data
5-1
In the example, the IOWR instruction is used to read words IR 010 to IR 029
(20 words) on the Slave Unit, and store them in the Master (C200HX/HG/HE
PCs) from DM 2000 onwards. For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on the IOWR instruction, refer to the SYSMAC C200HX/HG/HE PCs Operation Manual.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: 0
Slave node address:
2
Example: Using IOWR
C: Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
C
Contents (Hex)
3F FE
Meaning
Master’s node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Source Words (S: First Source Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
S
82 07
Response storage words: DM2000
S+1
D0 00
82 Hex: DM Area, 0700 Hex: 2000 words
(For more detail, refer to the PC Operation
Manual.)
S+2
00 64
Response monitoring time: 10 s
S+3
00 0B
S+4
28 01
S+5
02 1C
No. of bytes of command data: 11 bytes
(No. of bytes from S+4 onwards.)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA READ response service code:
1C Hex
S+6
00 2F
Class ID: 002F Hex
S+7
00 01
Instance ID: For IR Area 1: 0001 Hex
S+8
0A 00
S+9
28 00
Read start address: 10 = 000A Hex
Address L: 0A Hex, Address H: 00 Hex
No. of bytes of read data: 40 bytes = 28
Hex (The rightmost byte is not used.)
D: Destination Information
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
D
158
Contents (Hex)
00 10
Meaning
Master’s Unit address: 0, No. of words of
command data: 10 words (specified in
BCD) (No. of words from S onwards)
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Response Storage Words
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Using the IOWR
Instruction
(C200HX/HG/HE PCs) to
Write Data
Contents (Hex)
DM2000
28 01
DM2001
00 00
DM2002
00 2A
DM2003
02 9C
DM2004 to
DM 2023
HH LL...
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3): 42 bytes
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA READ response service code:
9C Hex
Data read from the Slave’s IR 010 to
IR 029. When the BYTE DATA READ
command is used from an OMRON Master,
data is stored in the Master in the same
sequence as the Slave; leftmost byte to
rightmost byte.
In the following example, the IOWR instruction is used to write data to words
IR 010 to IR 029 (20 words) on the Slave Unit, from the Master (C200HX/HG/HE
PCs). For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on the IOWR instruction,
refer to the SYSMAC C200HX/HG/HE PCs Operation Manual.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: 0
Slave node address:
2
Example: Using IOWR
C: Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
C
Contents (Hex)
3F FE
Meaning
Master’s node address: 63
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
159
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
Source Words (S: First Source Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
Response storage words: DM2000
S
82 07
S+1
D0 00
82 Hex: DM Area, 0700 Hex: 2000 words
(For more detail, refer to the PC Operation
Manual.)
S+2
00 64
Response monitoring time: 10 s
S+3
00 32
S+4
28 01
S+5
02 1E
No. of bytes of command data: 50 bytes
(No. of bytes from S+4 onwards.)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA WRITE response service
code: 1E Hex
S+6
00 2F
Class ID: 002F Hex
S+7
00 01
Instance ID: For IR Area 1: 0001 Hex
S+8
0A 00
S+9
HH LL
to
to
S_28
HH LL
Write start address: 10 = 000A Hex
Address L: 0A Hex, Address H: 00 Hex
Data written to the Slave’s IR10 to IR29.
When the BYTE DATA WRITE command is
used from an OMRON Master, data is
written to the Slave in the same sequence
it is stored in the Master; leftmost byte to
rightmost byte.
D: Destination Information
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
D
Contents (Hex)
00 29
Meaning
Master’s Unit address: 0, No. of words of
command data: 29 words (specified in
BCD) (No. of words from S onwards)
Response Storage Words
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
160
Contents (Hex)
DM2000
28 01
DM2001
00 00
DM2002
00 02
DM2003
02 9E
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
DM2003): 2 bytes
Slave node address: 2
BYTE DATA READ response service code:
9E Hex
Section
C200H I/O Link Units
5-1
5-1-9 Dimensions
(With connector attached)
Unit: mm
DRT21
130
13
35
101
For dimensions of the Unit when mounted to a Backplane, refer to the SYSMAC
C200HX/HG/HE PC Operation Manual.
161
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
5-2
RS-232C Units
The RS-232C Unit is a Special I/O Unit that uses the CompoBus/D Network to
perform I/O between the Master Unit and an RS-232C port. Explicit messages
are used to set the Unit and perform I/O. There are two RS-232C ports which can
be used separately with the RS-232C Unit.
5-2-1 Specifications
General Specifications
RS-232C
Communications
Specifications
Item
DRT1-232C2
Input points
Inputs: 2 ports max.
(One word is used in the IN Area to detect the
communications status.)
Communications
power supply voltage
Internal power supply
voltage
Current consumption
11 to 25 VDC
(Supplied from the communications connector.)
20.4 to 26.4 VDC (24 VDC, –15 to +10%)
Noise immunity
Communications: 50 mA max.
Internal circuits: 100 mA max.
±1.5 kVp-p
Pulse width: 0.1 to 1 µs
Pulse rise time: 1 ns
(via noise simulator)
Vibration resistance
10 to 150 Hz, 1.0-mm double amplitude or 70 m/s2
Shock resistance
200 m/s2
Dielectric strength
500 VAC (between isolated circuits)
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. at 100 VDC (between isolated circuits)
Ambient temperature
–10 to 55C
Ambient humidity
25% to 85% (with no condensation)
Operating atmosphere
No corrosive gases
Storage temperature
–25 to 65C
Mounting
M4 screw mounting or DIN 35-mm track mounting
Mounting strength
Terminal strength
100 N
Track direction: 10 N
100 N
Weight
250 g max.
Item
Specification
Communications
method
Baud rate
All dual communications, Start-stop synchronization
Transmission code
ASCII (7-bit), JIS (8-bit)
Parity
Even, odd, none
No. of stop bits
1 or 2 bits
RS-232C ports
2 ports
Connectors
D-sub 9-pin connector for 2 ports
Transmission memory
capacity
Frame length
1,024 bytes for 2 ports
Header code
Flow control
Enable/disable
(Header code: 1 byte when enabled.)
Enable/disable
(Delimiter code: 1 byte when enabled.)
ON/OFF (RS/CS control only)
Transmission distance
15 m max.
Delimiter code
162
Specification
Models
19,200/9,600/4,800/2,400/1,200 bps
1,024 bytes max. (FIFO)
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
5-2-2 Components
RS-232C
connector
Indicators port 1
RS-232C connector port 2
Power supply DIP switch (Refer to page 49.)
terminal
Pins 1 to 6:
Node address
Communications connector Pins 7 and 8:
Baud rate
Pins 9 and 10:
Reserved (Always OFF)
163
Section
RS-232C Units
Indicators
The indicators display the status of the RS-232C Unit and the network.
Indicator Color
MS
Green
(Module
status)
Red
Status
ON
Flashing
ON
Flashing
NS
(Network
status)
---
OFF
Green
ON
Normal
Settings
incomplete
Fatal error
Non-fatal
error
No power
supply
Meaning
The Unit is operating normally.
Settings are being read.
A fatal error (hardware error) has
occurred.
A non-fatal error, such as a switch
setting error, has occurred.
Unit error, power is not being
supplied, the Unit is being reset, or
waiting for initial processing to start.
Online/communications
connection
established
Offline/communications
connection
not yet established
Normal Network status
(Communications connection
established.)
ON
Fatal communications
error
A fatal communications error has
occurred.
Network communications are not
possible. Check for a node address
duplication or Bus Off error.
Flashing
Non-fatal
communications error
A communications error with the
Master Unit has occurred.
---
OFF
ERR
Red
RD1
Orange
ON
OFF
ON
Offline/
power OFF
Unit error
Normal
Port 1
receiving
Port 1 not
receiving
Port 1
transmitting
Port 1 not
transmitting
Port 2
receiving
Port 2 not
receiving
Port 2
transmitting
Port 2 not
transmitting
The power supply to the Master Unit
is not ON, etc.
Unit hardware error.
Unit hardware is normal.
Data is being received at RS-232C
port 1.
No data is being received at
RS-232C port 1.
Data is being transmitted from
RS-232C port 1.
No data is being transmitted from
RS-232C port 1.
Data is being received at RS-232C
port 2.
No data is being received at
RS-232C port 2.
Data is being transmitted from
RS-232C port 2.
No data is being transmitted from
RS-232C port 2.
Flashing
Red
OFF
SD1
Orange
ON
OFF
RD2
Orange
ON
OFF
SD2
Orange
ON
OFF
164
5-2
The Network is normal, but the
communications connection is not
established.
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
5-2-3 DIP Switch Settings
The DIP switch is used to set the node address of the RS-232C Unit and the
CompoBus/D baud rate.
Reserved (Always OFF.)
Node address setting
Baud rate
The setting method is the same as for basic Slave Units. See 4-1-3 Common
Slave Settings.
5-2-4 Wiring
The recommended Power Supply Units are as follows:
• S82K-05024 (OMRON) or equivalent.
• S82J-524 (OMRON) or equivalent.
Internal Power Supply
Source
24 VDC
–
+
+
–
Internal power supply
Note
1.
2.
3.
4.
Always use crimp terminals for wiring.
Do not connect wires directly to the terminals.
Tighten terminal screws to a torque of 0.3 to 0.5 N m.
Use the following M3 crimp terminals.
6.0 mm max.
6.0 mm max.
RS-232C Connector
Pin Arrangement (Same for Ports 1 and 2)
Pin No.
Symbol
Signal name
Signal direction
RS-232C Unit ↔ External
devices
1
---
Not used
---
2
RD
Receive data
←
3
SD
Send data
→
4
---
Not used
---
5
SG
Signal ground
---
6
---
Not used
---
7
RS
Request send
→
8
CS
Can send
←
9
---
Not used
---
165
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
A connection example using applicable connectors and recommended cables is
provided below. Refer to the following explanation when creating cables.
Applicable Connectors
Plug: XM2D-0901 (OMRON, 9-pin female) or equivalent.
Feed: XM2S-0913 (OMRON, 9-pin inch-pitch screws) or equivalent.
Recommended Cables
UL2464 AWG28 5P IFS-RVV-SB (UL product, Fujikura)
AWG28 5P IFVV-SB (Non-UL products, Fujikura)
UL2464-SB 5P AWG28 (UL product, Hitachi)
CO-MA-VV-SB 5P AWG28 (Non-UL product, Hitachi)
Connection Example
The following diagram gives an connection example. Connection methods however, may differ depending on the connected devices, so refer to the connected
device’s instruction manual for further information.
Connecting an OMRON V500-R32 Bar Code Reader
RS-232C Unit end
Abbreviation
Bar Code Reader end
Pin No.
Pin No.
RS-232C
interface
Abbreviation
---
---
RS-232C
interface
----------Hood
metal
(9-pin)
(9-pin, male)
Shield
5-2-5 Word Allocations for Communications Status
The RS-232C Unit is allocated one word (16 points) in the IN Area of the Master
Unit. This word is configured as illustrated in the following diagram, and is used
to communicate the communications status of RS-232C ports 1 and 2 to the
Master Unit.
Port 2 status
Port 1 status
Bit
Bits 0, 8: Transmission Ready Flag
Bits 1, 9: System Parameter Setup Error Flag
Bits 2, 10: Receiving Flag
Bits 3, 11: Received Flag
Bits 4, 12: Parity Error Flag
Bits 5, 13: Overrun Error Flag
Bits 6, 14: Framing Error Flag
Bits 7, 15: Receive Buffer Overflow Flag
Bit
0
8
Name
Transmission
Ready Flag
Function
0: Transmitting data
1: Transmission enabled (no data transmitted)
When writing data to other ports (SEND
command), check to make sure this bit is 1
(ON) before starting.
1
166
9
PC Setup Error
Flag
0: System parameter setup normal
1: System parameter setup error
Section
RS-232C Units
Bit
2
10
Name
Receiving Flag
5-2
Function
0: No data is being received
1: Data is being received
3
11
Received Flag
0: No data in the reception buffer
1: Data in the reception buffer
When reading data from other ports
(RECEIVE READ DATA command), check to
make sure this bit is 1 (ON) before starting.
4
12
Parity Error Flag
0: No parity error
1: Parity error
When a parity error occurs, make sure that the
parity setting for the RS-232C Unit and the
RS-232C device are the same.
5
13
Overrun Error
Flag
0: No overrun error
1: Overrun error
When an overrun error occurs, make sure that
the baud rate setting for the RS-232C Unit and
the RS-232C device are the same.
6
14
Framing Error
Flag
0: No framing error
1: Framing error
When a framing error occurs, make sure that
the character format setting (data length,
parity, No. of stop bits) for the RS-232C Unit
and the RS-232C device are the same.
7
15
Receive Buffer
Overflow Flag
0: No overflow in the reception buffer
1: Reception buffer overflow (Not possible to
read receive data)
When the reception buffer overflows it is
necessary to either reset or restart the
RS-232C Unit, or reset (initialize) the RS-232C
port at which the overflow occurred.
5-2-6 Using the RS-232C Unit
The RS-232C Unit is set and controlled using explicit DeviceNet messages.
When the default communications settings for the RS-232C port are not used,
explicit messages must be used to make changes to the settings.
The general operating procedure for the RS-232C Unit is as follows:
1, 2, 3...
1. Turn ON the power to the Master Unit and all Slaves, including the RS-232C
Unit.
2. When necessary, explicit messages can be sent from the Master to set the
parameters of the RS-232C ports 1 and 2 on the RS-232C Unit.
Note a) Communications setting do not become effective even after the
explicit message has been completed normally. For the settings
to be effective, the RS-232C port must be reset using the PORT
RESET command, or by restarting the RS-232C Unit. The previous settings will be in effect until the new settings are enabled.
b) The communications settings are held internally by the RS-232C
Unit, so once they have been set, they will not change when the
Unit is turned OFF or reset, and once set, it is not necessary to set
the parameters again, unless there are changes to be made.
3. Register the RS-232C Unit in the Master’s scan list. There are two methods
of registering on the scan list.
• Turn ON the Enable Scan List software switch on the Master Unit.
167
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
• Create a scan list and registering the Unit using a CompoBus/D Configurator.
For further details on operations on the Master, refer to the CompoBus/D Operation Manual or the CompoBus/D Configurator Operation Manual.
4. When necessary, explicit messages can be sent from the Master to control
the flow of data through the RS-232C ports 1 and 2 on the RS-232C Unit.
Note a) When sending or receiving data through ports 1 and 2, it is necessary to check the status word allocated to the RS-232C Unit for
communications status in the Master’s IN Area.
Note b) Ports 1 and 2 can send and receive data independently but because the RS-232C Unit itself can only process one explicit message at a time, even if the SEND/RECV commands to be sent are
for another port, always make sure that the previous explicit message has been processed before sending the next message.
5-2-7 Explicit DeviceNet Messages
Explicit DeviceNet messages sent from the Master Unit can be used to control
the parameters of the RS-232C Unit’s ports 1 and 2 and to control the flow of
data.
The RS-232C Unit processes the commands received from the Master Unit and
returns responses.
Master
RS-232C Unit
168
Command
Command
Response
Section
RS-232C Units
RS-232C Unit Explicit
Message List
5-2
The explicit messages that can be processed by the RS-232C Unit are as listed
in the following table. For the RS-232C Unit, the service code and the Instance
ID determine the processing content and object. The Class ID is always 0094
Hex.
Explicit
message
PARAMETER
SET
Function
Sets the
parameters for
an RS-232C
port.
Reads the
parameters set
for an RS-232C
port.
Initializes the
parameters for
an RS-232C
port.
Transmits data
from an
RS-232C port.
PARAMETER
READ
INITIALIZE
PARAMETERS
RS-232C DATA
SEND
Service code
(See note)
10 Hex (90 Hex)
Instance ID
Page
01 Hex
171
0E Hex (8E
Hex)
01 Hex
173
05 Hex (85 Hex)
01 Hex
173
10 Hex (90 Hex)
Port 1: 02 Hex
Port 2: 03 Hex
174
RS-232C
RECEIVE DATA
READ
Reads data
received by an
RS-232C port.
0E Hex (8E
Hex)
Port 1: 02 Hex
Port 2: 03 Hex
175
PORT RESET
Resets an
RS-232C port.
When an error
occurs in an
explicit
message
(command), an
error response
is sent from the
RS-232C Unit.
05 Hex (85 Hex)
Port 1: 02 Hex
Port 2: 03 Hex
---
176
Error response
--- (94 Hex)
177
Note The parentheses indicate the response values.
Explicit Message Format
This section explains the common features of explicit commands and responses. Details and usage examples will only be provided however, for those
explicit messages that the RS-232C Unit can process. For details on using explicit messages with a Master Unit, refer to the CompoBus/D Operation Manual.
The number of bytes designated for Class ID, Instance ID, and Attribute ID differ
depending on the Master. When sent from an OMRON CompoBus/D Master,
Class ID and Instance ID are 2 bytes (4 digits), and Attribute ID is 1 byte (2 digits).
For an example using this case, see 5-2-8 Using the DeviceNet Explicit Message Function.
Command Block
151 bytes max.
Class ID
Attribute ID
Service code
Destination node address
Instance ID
Data
Destination Node Address
The node address of the RS-232C Unit controlled by the explicit message (command) in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal.
169
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Service Code, Class ID, Instance ID, Attribute ID
The parameters for specifying command, processing object, and processing
content. For the RS-232C Unit, however, Class ID is always 94 Hex. Attribute ID
is not necessary for some commands. If the specified codes and ID area are outside the permitted range, an error response will be returned (08FF Hex), and the
command will not be executed.
Data
Data set when necessary. A maximum of 151 bytes can be set. Some commands do not require this data.
Response Block
• The normal response block is shown below.
1,024 bytes max.
No. of received
bytes
Service
code
Data
Source node address
• The error response block is shown below. This response block is returned
when an error occurs for an explicit message.
Error code
No. of received
Service code
bytes
(94 Hex: Fixed)
Source node address
• If an explicit message fails (timeout etc.), an explicit message response will not
be returned. When the command has been sent using the FINS command EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND, only an FINS error response is returned.
No. of Received Bytes
The number of bytes received from the source node address is returned in hexadecimal. When an error response is returned for an explicit message, the number of bytes is 0004 Hex.
Source Node Address
The node address of the node from which the command was sent is returned in
hexadecimal.
Service Code
For normal completion, the value when leftmost bit of the service code specified
by the command is ON is stored as shown in the table below.
Command service code
Response service code
10 Hex
90 Hex
0E Hex
8E Hex
05 Hex
85 Hex
When an error response is returned for an explicit message, the value is 94 Hex.
Data
Data read when the PARAMETER READ or RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ
commands are used. The maximum number of bytes is 1,024. Only a maximum
of 152 bytes can be read using an OMRON CompoBus/D Master. Be sure not to
exceed the maximum of 152 bytes.
Error Code
The explicit message error code. For details see Error Response on page 177.
170
Section
RS-232C Units
PARAMETER SET
5-2
Sets the parameters for the specified RS-232C port.
Command Block
6 bytes max.
Set values
Class ID
Service code
Attribute ID
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
No. of received Service code
bytes
Source node address
Parameters
Attribute ID, Set Values (Command)
The parameters and set values are set as shown in the following table.
Port
Port 1
Parameters
Attribute ID
Set all parameters
64 Hex
Data bit length,
parity, No. of
stop bits
65 Hex
Header code
enable/disable,
delimiter code
enable/disable,
flow control
enable/disable
66 Hex
Baud rate
67 Hex
Header code (only
when header code
is enabled)
Set values
Initial values for
each parameter
Specify the appropriate set values from the
Data bit length:
parameters in the table, as single-byte (2-digit) 7 bits
hexadecimal. (See note.)
Parity: Even
No. of stop bits:
2 bits
Specify bit data in single-byte (2-digit)
hexadecimal, as shown in the following
diagram.
Bit
Always 0
68 Hex
Delimiter code
69 Hex
(only when
delimiter code is
enabled)
No. of bytes
6A hex
received after the
delimiter (when the
delimiter code is
enabled) or the No.
of bytes received
per frame (when
the delimiter code
is disabled).
Initial values
ALL PARAMETER SET (See below)
Header code and
delimiter code
enabled, flow
control disabled
Header code: 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Delimiter code: 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Flow control (RS/CS control)
0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Specified in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal
as follows:
00 Hex: 1,200 bps
01 Hex: 2,400 bps
02 Hex: 4,800 bps
03 Hex: 9,600 bps
04 Hex: 19,200 bps
05 to 07 Hex: Not allowed
Specifies the header code in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
2,400 bps
02 Hex (STX code)
Specifies the delimiter code in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
03 Hex (ETX code)
Specifies the number of bytes in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
00 Hex
171
Section
RS-232C Units
Port
Port 2
Parameters
Attribute ID
Set all parameters
6B Hex
Data bit length,
parity, No. of
stop bits
6C Hex
Header code
enable/disable,
delimiter code
enable/disable,
flow control
enable/disable
6D Hex
Baud rate
6E Hex
Header code (only
when header code
is enabled)
Set values
5-2
Initial values
ALL PARAMETER SET (See below)
Initial values for
each parameter
Specify the appropriate set values from the
Data bit length:
parameters in the table, as single-byte (2-digit) 7 bits
hexadecimal).
Parity: Even
(See note.)
No. of stop bits:
2 bits
Specify bit data in single-byte (2-digit)
hexadecimal, as shown in the following
diagram.
Bit
Always 0
Header code: 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Delimiter code: 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Flow control (RS/CS control)
0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Specified in single-byte (2-digit) hexadecimal
as follows:
00 Hex: 1,200 bps
01 Hex: 2,400 bps
02 Hex: 4,800 bps
03 Hex: 9,600 bps
04 Hex: 19,200 bps
05 to 07 Hex: Not allowed
Specifies the header code in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
6F Hex
Delimiter code
70 Hex
(only when
delimiter code is
enabled)
No. of bytes
71 hex
received after the
delimiter (when the
delimiter code is
enabled) or the No.
of bytes received
per frame (when
the delimiter code
is disabled).
Header code and
delimiter code
enabled, flow
control disabled
2,400 bps
02 Hex (STX code)
Specifies the delimiter code in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
03 Hex (ETX code)
Specifies the number of bytes in single-byte
(2-digit) hexadecimal.
00 Hex
Note Port 1 and 2 parameter settings for data bit length, parity, and No. of stop bits:
Set value
172
Data bit length
Parity
No. of stop bits
00 Hex
7
Even
1
01 Hex
7
Odd
1
02 Hex
7
None
1
03 Hex
7
Even
2
04 Hex
7
Odd
2
05 Hex
7
None
2
06 Hex
8
Even
1
07 Hex
8
Odd
1
08 Hex
8
None
1
09 Hex
8
None
2
0A Hex to 0F Hex
7
Even
2
Section
RS-232C Units
ALL PARAMETER SET
5-2
Writes all the Attribute ID set values to consecutive words, and transmits all the
settings at the same time, as shown in the following diagram.
Bit
First word
First word +1
First word +2
First word +3
Data bit length
65 Hex (6C Hex)
Attribute code
64 Hex (6 B Hex)
Header code enable/disable
66 Hex (6D Hex)
Baud rate
67 Hex (6E Hex)
Delimiter code
69 Hex (70 Hex)
Header code
68 Hex (6F Hex)
No. of bytes received after the delimiter
/per frame 6A Hex (71 Hex)
00 Hex: Fixed
Note The hexadecimal values displayed above are the set values for Attribute ID.
The values in parentheses are the Attribute ID values for port 2
• The new set values will become effective if the PORT RESET command is sent
or the RS-232C Unit is restarted after the command is completely normally.
PARAMETER READ
Reads the parameters set for the RS-232C port. If the PARAMETER SET command has not been sent, or the RS-232C Unit has not been reset, this command
will read the previously set parameters, not the new settings. (The RS-232C port
will also operate according to the previous settings.)
Command Block
Class ID
Attribute ID
Service code
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
6 bytes max.
Service Set values
No. of received
code
bytes
Source node address
Parameters
Attribute ID (Command)
Specifies the Attribute ID for reading the set values. For details on what to specify, see PARAMETER SET on page 171. It is also possible to specify all parameters at once (Port 1: 64 Hex, Port 2: 6B Hex).
Set Values (Response)
Reads the values that are set in Attribute ID and stores them. For details on the
meaning of the stored values, see PARAMETER SET on page 171.
INITIALIZE
PARAMETERS
Initializes the parameters for the RS-232C Unit.
Command Block
Class ID
Service code
Destination node address Instance ID
173
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Response Block
No. of received
bytes
Service code
Source node address
Initializes all parameters set for the RS-232C Unit and returns the initial values.
Transmits data to the RS-232C Unit from the specified port.
RS-232C DATA SEND
Command Block
151 bytes max.
Send data
Class ID
Attribute ID
Service code
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
No. of received Service code
bytes
Source node address
Parameters
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the port to which the data is being sent, in hexadecimal as follows:
02 Hex: Port 1
03 Hex: Port 2
Send Data (Command)
Specifies the data to be sent from the specified port. Word data is sent from the
leftmost bits to the rightmost bits as shown in the following diagram.
Bit
First word
First word +1
First word +2
Note
(1)
(3)
(5)
(2)
(4)
(6)
1. When an odd number of bytes of data are sent, the last data will be set in the
last word of the leftmost bits.
2. The number of bytes of data to be sent is specified when the parameters for
the CMND(194) instruction (CV-series PCs) or the IOWR instruction
(C200HX/HG/HE PCs) are set (No. of bytes of command data). It is not necessary to set this parameter for explicit messages.
3. Before using this command, be sure that the communications status Transmission Ready Flag (Port 1: bit 00, Port 2: bit 08), allocated in the Master’s
IN Area is ON (transmission enabled). If the command is executed while the
Flag is OFF (transmitting data), and error will occur (error code 02FF Hex).
174
Section
RS-232C Units
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA
READ
5-2
Receives data from the specified RS-232C Unit port, and reads the data stored
in the reception buffer. Depending on whether or not the header code and delimiter code are enabled or disabled, the data read is treated as shown in the following table. (When the delimiter header is disabled, the number of bytes set in No.
of bytes per frame is read.)
Header
code
Disabled
Delimiter
code
Disabled
Data read
The “No. of bytes per frame” is read from the
RS-232C Unit’s reception buffer, starting with the first
word. First
Second
Third
N bytes
N bytes
N bytes
Disabled
Enabled
Data from the RS-232C Unit’s reception buffer is
read, from the first word to the delimiter code. (There
is no limit to the amount of data read.)
First
Second
Third
Enabled
Disabled
Data from the RS-232C Unit’s reception buffer is
read, from the header code to the “No. of bytes per
frame.” In this case, the data before the header code
is discarded
First
Second
Third
N–1 bytes
Enabled
Enabled
N–1 bytes
N–1 bytes
Data from the RS-232C Unit’s reception buffer is
read, from the header code to the delimiter code.
(There is no limit to the amount of data read.) In this
case, the data before the header code is discarded.
First
Second
Third
Note H: Header code, D: Delimiter code, N: No. of bytes per frame, Shaded area:
trashed data.
The above explanation is very brief, but if the number. of bytes received after the
delimiter code is set, data after the delimiter code can also be read.
Command Block
Class ID Attribute ID
Service code
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
1,024 bytes max.
No. of received
bytes
Service
code
Receive data
Source node address
Parameters
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the port that reads the reception buffer data in hexadecimal as follows:
02 Hex: Port 1
03 Hex: Port 2
175
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Receive Data (Response)
Stores the data read from the specified port’s reception buffer. The data is stored
in words from the leftmost byte to the rightmost byte as shown in the following
diagram.
Bit
First word
First word +1
First word +2
Note
PORT RESET
(1)
(3)
(5)
(2)
(4)
(6)
1. RS-232C ports 1 and 2 of the RS-232C Unit each have a reception buffer of
1,024 bytes, and up to a maximum of 1,024 bytes of data can be read from
the Master at any given time. From an OMRON CompoBus/D Master however, the maximum amount of data that can be read at one time is 152 bytes.
Be sure to configure the data so that the 152-byte read data limit is not exceeded.
2. When data is read from an OMRON CompoBus/D Master, the number of
read bytes is stored as a CMND instruction (CV-series PCs) or IOWR
instruction (C200HX/HG/HE PCs) parameter, so it will be requested.
3. When an odd number of bytes of data are sent, the last data will be set in the
leftmost bits of the last word.
4. Before using this command, be sure that the communications status Received Flag (Port 1: bit 3, Port 2: bit 11) allocated in the Master’s IN Area is
ON (data in the reception buffer). If the command is executed while the Flag
is OFF (no data in the reception buffer), and error will occur (error code 1800
Hex).
Resets the RS-232C Unit’s specified port. To change the parameter settings using the PARAMETER SET command, either reset the port using the PORT RESET command or restart the RS-232C Unit.
Command Block
Class ID
Service code
Destination node address
Instance ID
Response Block
No. of received Service code
bytes
Source node address
Parameters
Instance ID (Command)
Specifies the port to be reset, in hexadecimal as follows:
02 Hex: Port 1
03 Hex: Port 2
Note
176
1. When the port is reset, the transmission buffer and the reception buffers are
cleared and the port’s status is initialized. The parameter settings, however,
are maintained.
2. When an error occurs at a port, find the cause of the error and then use this
command to reset the port.
Section
RS-232C Units
Error Response
5-2
If there is an error in the explicit command, the RS-232C Unit will return an error
response as illustrated below.
Response Block
Error code
No. of received
Service code
bytes
(94 Hex: fixed)
Source node address
Parameters
No. of Received Bytes (Response)
Always 0004 Hex.
Source Node Address (Response)
The node address of the node that sent the command is returned in hexadecimal.
Error Code (Response)
The error code is returned in double-byte (4-digit) hexadecimal, as shown in the
following table.
Error code
02FF Hex
08FF Hex
09FF Hex
1800 Hex
1801 Hex
19FF Hex
Error details
Appropriate command
The RS-232C port is transmitting RS-232C DATA SEND
data and therefore busy.
The service code, Class ID, and All commands
Instance ID are not supported.
Data formatting error.
PARAMETER SET
RS-232C DATA SEND
There is no receive data at the
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA
RS-232C port.
READ
There is a parameter setting
error between RS-232C devices.
An error frame was received
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA
from a RS-232C device.
READ
Write not possible due to a
PARAMETER SET
hardware error etc.
5-2-8 Using Explicit DeviceNet Messages
Using the CMND(194)
Instruction (CV-series
PCs) to Set Parameters
The following example shows how to use the CMND(194) instruction to change
all the parameters of port 1 of the RS-232C Unit at once from the Master Unit
(CV-series PC). For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the
CompoBus/D Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on CMND(194),
refer to the SYSMAC CV-series PC Operation Manual (Ladder Diagrams).
Example Conditions
Master node address: 27
Slave network address: 2
Slave node address:
14
Example: Using CMND(194)
177
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Command Words (S: First Command Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
S
28 01
S+1
0E 10
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 14
PARAMETER SET command service
code: 10 Hex
S+2
00 94
Class ID: 0094 Hex
S+3
00 01
Instance ID: 0001 Hex
S+4
64 06
S+5
00 00
ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID: 64
Hex, (8 bits, even parity, 1 stop bit): 06 Hex
Header code, delimiter code, and flow
control all enabled: 00 Hex, 1,200 bps: 00
Hex.
S+6
02 03
S+7
00 00
Header code STX: 02 Hex, Delimiter code
ETX: 03 Hex.
No. of bytes after delimiter = 0 (00 Hex)
D: Response Words (D: First Response Word)
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Contents (Hex)
D
28 01
D+1
00 00
D+2
00 02
D+3
0E 90
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3): 2 bytes
Slave node address: 14
PARAMETER SET response service code:
90 Hex
Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
Using the CMND(194)
Instruction (CV-series
PCs) to Read Data
Contents (Hex)
C
00 0F
C+1
00 08
C+2
00 02
C+3
1B FE
C+4
00 00
C+5
00 64
Meaning
No. of bytes of command data: S (15 bytes
of command data)
No. of bytes of response data: D (8 bytes
of response data)
Destination node network address: 2
Master’s node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Response returned, communications port
No.: 0, No. of retries: 0
Response monitoring time: 10 s
The following example shows how to use the CMND(194) instruction to read the
reception data of port 1 of the RS-232C Unit from the Master Unit (CV-series
PC). The maximum amount of data that can be read from an OMRON CompoBus/D Master at one time is 152 bytes.
Before using the RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ command, be sure that the
communications status Received Flag (Port 1: bit 3, Port 2: bit 11), allocated in
the Master’s IN Area is ON.
For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D
Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on CMND(194), refer to the
SYSMAC CV-series PC Operation Manual (Ladder Diagrams).
178
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Example Conditions
Master node address: 27
Slave network address: 2
Slave node address:
14
Example: Using CMND(194)
Command Words (S: First Command Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
S
28 01
S+1
0E 0E
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 14
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ
command service code: 0E Hex
S+2
00 94
Class ID: 0094 Hex
S+3
00 02
Instance ID: Port 1 = 0002 Hex
S+4
64 00
Attribute ID: 64 Hex
D: Response Words (D: First Response Word)
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Contents (Hex)
D
28 01
D+1
00 00
D+2
00 xx
D+3
0E 8E
D+4
HH LL
to
to
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3)
Slave node address: 14
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ response
service code: 8E Hex
The receive data read from RS-232C port
1 is stored in sequence from the leftmost
bit to the rightmost bit.
Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
Using the IOWR
Instruction
(C200HX/HG/HE PCs) to
Write Data
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
C
00 09
C+1
00 xx
No. of bytes of command data: S (9 bytes
of command data)
No. of bytes of response data: D
C+2
00 02
Destination node network address: 2
C+3
1B FE
C+4
00 00
C+5
00 64
Master’s node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Response returned, communications port
No.: 0, No. of retries: 0
Response monitoring time: 10 s
The following example shows how to use the IOWR instruction to change all the
parameters of port 1 of the RS-232C Unit at once from the Master Unit (C200HX/
HG/HE PC). For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the
CompoBus/D Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on the IOWR
instruction, refer to the SYSMAC C200HX/HG/HE PCs Operation Manual.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: 5
Slave node address:
14
179
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Example: Using IOWR
C: Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
C
Contents (Hex)
1B FE
Meaning
Master’s node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Source Words (S: First Source Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
Response storage words: DM2000
S
82 07
S+1
D0 00
82 Hex: DM Area, 07D0 Hex: 2000 words
(For more detail, refer to the PC Operation
Manual.)
S+2
00 64
Response monitoring time: 10 s
S+3
00 0F
S+4
28 01
S+5
0E 10
No. of bytes of command data: 15 bytes
(No. of bytes from S+4 onwards.)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 14
PARAMETER SET response service code:
10 Hex
S+6
00 94
Class ID: 0094 Hex
S+7
00 01
Instance ID: For IR Area 1: 0001 Hex
S+8
64 06
ALL PARAMETER SET Attribute ID: 64
Hex, (8 bits, even parity, 1 stop bit): 06
Hex.
S+9
06 00
Header code, delimiter code, and flow
control all enabled: 00 Hex, 1,200 bps: 00
Hex.
S+10
02 03
S+11
00 00
Header code STX: 02 Hex, Delimiter code
ETX: 03 Hex.
No. of bytes after delimiter = 0 (00 Hex)
D: Destination Information
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
D
Contents (Hex)
05 12
Meaning
Master’s Unit address: 5, No. of words of
command data: 12 words (specified in
BCD) (No. of words from S onwards)
Response Storage Words
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
180
Contents (Hex)
DM2000
28 01
DM2001
00 00
DM2002
00 02
DM2003
0E 90
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
DM2003): 2 bytes
Slave node address: 14
PARAMETER SET response service code:
90 Hex
Section
RS-232C Units
Using the IOWR
Instruction
(C200HX/HG/HE PCs) to
Read Data
5-2
The following example shows how to use the IOWR instruction to read the reception data of port 1 of the RS-232C Unit , from the Master Unit (C200HX/HG/
HE PC). The maximum amount of data that can be read from an OMRON CompoBus/D Master at one time is 152 bytes.
Before using the RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ command, be sure that the
communications status Received Flag (Port 1: bit 03, Port 2: bit 11), allocated in
the Master’s IN Area is ON.
For more detailed information on explicit messages, refer to the CompoBus/D
Master Unit Operation Manual or for information on the IOWR instruction, refer
to the SYSMAC C200HX/HG/HE PCs Operation Manual.
Example Conditions
Master node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: 5
Slave node address:
14
Example: Using IOWR
C: Control Words (C: First Control Word)
Word
C
Contents (Hex)
1B FE
Meaning
Master’s node address: 27
Master’s Unit address: FE Hex
Source Words (S: First Source Word)
Word
Contents (Hex)
Meaning
Response storage words: DM2000
S
82 07
S+1
D0 00
82 Hex: DM Area, 07D0 Hex: 2000 words
(For more detail, refer to the PC Operation
Manual.)
S+2
00 64
Response monitoring time: 10 s
S+3
00 09
S+4
28 01
S+5
0E 0E
No. of bytes of command data: 9 bytes
(No. of bytes from S+4 onwards.)
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Slave node address: 14
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ response
service code: 0E Hex
S+6
00 94
Class ID: 0094 Hex
S+7
00 02
Instance ID: For port 1: 0002 Hex
S+8
64 00
Attribute ID: 64 Hex
D: Destination Information
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
D
Contents (Hex)
05 09
Meaning
Master’s Unit address: 5, No. of words of
command data: 9 words (specified in BCD)
(No. of words from S onwards)
181
Section
RS-232C Units
5-2
Response Storage Words
Results are stored as shown in the following table.
Word
Contents (Hex)
DM2000
28 01
DM2001
00 00
DM2002
00 xx
DM2003
0E 8E
DM2004 on
HH LL...
Meaning
EXPLICIT MESSAGE SEND command
code: 28 01 Hex
Response code (0000 Hex: Normal
completion)
No. of received bytes (data length after
D+3)
Slave node address: 14
RS-232C RECEIVE DATA READ response
service code: 8E Hex
The receive data read from RS-232C port
1 is stored in sequence from the leftmost
bit to the rightmost bit.
5-2-9 Dimensions
Mounting holes
Two, 4.2 dia. or M4
Unit: mm
182
SECTION 6
Communications Timing
This section describes the time required for a complete communications cycle, for an output response to be made to an input,
to start the system, and to send a message.
6-1
6-2
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1-1 I/O Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1-2 Communications Cycle Time and Refresh Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1-3 System Startup Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Message Communications Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
184
184
189
192
192
183
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
6-1
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
This section describes the characteristics of CompoBus/D communications
when OMRON Master and Slave Units are being used. Use this section for reference when planning operations that require precise I/O timing.
The equations provided here are valid under the following conditions:
1, 2, 3...
1.
2.
3.
4.
The Master Unit is operating with the scan list enabled.
All of the required Slaves are participating in communications.
No errors are being indicated at the Master Unit.
Messages are not being produced in the Network (from another company’s
configurator, for example).
Note The values provided by these equations may not be accurate if another company’s Master or Slave is being used in the Network.
6-1-1 I/O Response Time
The I/O response time is the time it takes from the reception of an input signal at
an Input Slave to the output of the corresponding output signal at an Output
Slave.
CV-series PCs
(Asynchronous Mode)
The following timecharts show the minimum and maximum I/O response times
of the CompoBus/D Network for a CV-series PC operating in asynchronous
mode.
Minimum I/O Response Time
The minimum I/O response time occurs when the CompoBus/D Master Unit refreshing is executed just after the input signal is received by the Master and
instruction execution is completed within one peripheral servicing cycle.
Instruction execution
cycle time
PC cycle
(instruction execution cycle)
Instruction
execution
PC cycle
(peripheral servicing cycle)
Peripheral
servicing cycle
time
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRT-IN: Input Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
TRT-OUT: Output Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
TPC2: The PC’s peripheral servicing cycle time
The minimum I/O response time (TMIN) is the total of the following terms:
TMIN = TIN + TRT-IN + TPC2 + TRT-OUT + TOUT
184
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
Note
6-1
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s peripheral servicing cycle time. (Look under Asynchronous Operation.)
Maximum I/O Response Time
The maximum I/O response time occurs with the I/O timing shown in the following diagram.
Instruction execution
cycle time
PC cycle
(instruction execution cycle)
Instruction
execution
Instruction execution
PC cycle
(peripheral servicing cycle)
Peripheral
servicing
cycle time
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRM: Master Unit’s communications cycle time (See page 189.)
TPC1: The PC’s instruction execution cycle time
TPC2: The PC’s peripheral servicing cycle time
The maximum I/O response time (TMAX) is the total of the following terms:
TMAX = TIN + 2 × TRM + TPC1 + 2 × TPC2 + TOUT
Note
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s peripheral servicing cycle time. (Look under Asynchronous Operation.)
185
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
The following timecharts show the minimum and maximum I/O response times
of the CompoBus/D Network for a CV-series PC operating in synchronous
mode.
Minimum I/O Response Time
The minimum I/O response time occurs with the I/O timing shown in the following
diagram.
CV-series PCs
(Synchronous Mode)
Cycle time
Program
execution
Peripheral
servicing
Program
execution
Program
execution
Peripheral
servicing
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
TRT-IN+TPC0
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRT-IN: Input Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
TRT-OUT: Output Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
TPC0: The PC’s cycle time (program execution + peripheral servicing)
The minimum I/O response time (TMIN) is the total of the following terms:
TMIN = TIN + TRT-IN + 2 × TPC0 + TRT-OUT + TOUT
Note
186
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s cycle time.(See
under Synchronous Operation.)
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
Maximum I/O Response Time
The maximum I/O response time occurs with the I/O timing shown in the following diagram.
Cycle time
Program
execution
Peripheral
servicing
Program
execution
Program
execution
Program
execution
Peripheral
servicing
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
TRM+TPC0
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRM: Master Unit’s communications cycle time (See page 189.)
TPC0: The PC’s cycle time (program execution + peripheral servicing)
The maximum I/O response time (TMAX) is the total of the following terms:
TMAX = TIN + 2 × TRM + 3 × TPC0 + TOUT
Note
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s cycle time. (See
under Synchronous Operation.)
187
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
C200HX/HG/HE(-ZE) and
C200HS PCs
6-1
The following timecharts show the minimum and maximum I/O response times
of the CompoBus/D Network with a C200HX/HG/HE(-ZE) or C200HS PC.
Minimum I/O Response Time
The minimum I/O response time occurs when the Slave’s I/O refreshing is
executed just after the input signal is received by the Master Unit and the output
signal is output at the beginning of the next I/O refresh cycle.
Program execution
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
(TPC–TRF)
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRT-IN: Input Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
TRT-OUT: Output Slave’s communications time/Slave (See page 190.)
The PC’s cycle time
TPC:
The PC’s CompoBus/D Unit refresh time (See page 190.)
TRF:
The minimum I/O response time (TMIN) is the total of the following terms:
TMIN = TIN + TRT-IN + (TPC – TRF) + TRT-OUT + TOUT
Note
188
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s cycle time.
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
Maximum I/O Response Time
The maximum I/O response time occurs with the I/O timing shown in the following diagram.
Program execution
Program execution
Program execution
Master Unit processing
Input
Output
TIN:
The Input Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TOUT: The Output Slave’s ON (OFF) delay
TRM: The communications cycle time for the total Network (See page 189.)
The PC’s cycle time
TPC:
The PC’s CompoBus/D Unit refresh time (See page 190.)
TRF:
The maximum I/O response time (TMAX) is the total of the following terms:
TMAX = TIN + 2 × TRM + 2 × TPC + TRF + TOUT
Note
1. Refer to Section 4 Basic Slave Specifications and Section 5 Special I/O
Slave Units Specifications, and page 190, Refresh Time for details on the
Input and Output Slaves’ delay times.
2. Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the PC’s cycle time.
6-1-2 Communications Cycle Time and Refresh Time
The communications cycle time, communications time for each Slave, and refresh time are explained in this section. All of these are necessary for calculating
the time required for various processes in a CompoBus/D Network.
Communications Cycle
Time
The communications cycle time is the time from the completion of a Slave’s remote I/O communications processing until remote I/O communications with the
same Slave are processed again. The communications cycle time is used to calculate the maximum I/O response time.
The communications cycle time depends on the number of Masters on the Network and on whether or not message communications are being performed. The
following equations are valid when there is only one Master Unit. For details on
cycle time equations for multiple Master Units, refer to page 191.
One Master in Network
The following equations show the communications cycle time (TRM) when there
is only one Master in the Network. Even if the equation result is less than 2 ms,
the minimum communications cycle time (TRM) is 2 ms.
TRM = Σ (Communications time for each Slave)
+ MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL processing time
+ Explicit messages processing time
+ 0.01 × N + 1.0 [ms]
Communications time for each Slave: Time required for each Slave
Σ (Communications time for each Slave) is the total of the processing time of
each Slave in the network.
189
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL processing time:
3.5 [ms]
Only when Slaves with input, output, or mixed I/O of more than 8
bytes exist.
Explicit messages processing time:
0.11 × TB + 0.6 [ms]
Explicit message communications execution time
TB : Baud rate factor
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
N:
Communications Time
for each Slave
Number of Slaves
The following equations show the communications time per Slave (TRT) for each
kind of Slave Unit.
Output Slaves with 8 Bytes of Output Max.
TRT = 0.016 ×TB × SOUT1 + 0.11 × TB + 0.07 [ms]
SOUT1 : The number of Output Slave output words
The baud rate
TB :
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
Input Slaves with 8 Bytes of Input Max.
TRT = 0.016 ×TB × SIN1 + 0.06 × TB + 0.05 [ms]
SIN1 :
TB :
The number of Input Slave input words
The baud rate
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
Mixed I/O Slaves with 8 Bytes of I/O Max.
TRT = 0.016 × TB × (SOUT2 + SIN2) + 0.11 × TB + 0.07 [ms]
SOUT2 : The number of Mixed I/O Slave output words
The number of Mixed I/O Slave input words
SIN2 :
The baud rate
TB :
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
Input Slaves, Output Slaves, or Mixed I/O Slaves with Over 8 Bytes of I/O
TRT = TOH + TBYTE-IN × BIN + TBYTE-OUT × BOUT [ms]
TOH :
TBYTE-IN :
BIN :
TBYTE-OUT :
BOUT :
Baud rate
The protocol overhead
The input byte transmission time
The number of input bytes
The output byte transmission time
The number of output bytes
TOH
TBYTE-IN
TBYTE-OUT
500 kbps
0.306 ms
0.040 ms
0.036 ms
250 kbps
0.542 ms
0.073 ms
0.069 ms
125 kbps
1.014 ms
0.139 ms
0.135 ms
The number of output bytes (BOUT) for Input Slaves is 0, and the number of input
bytes (BIN) for Output Slaves is 0.
Refresh Time
The refresh time is the time required for I/O data to be exchanged between the
PC’s CPU Unit and the CompoBus/D Master Unit. The PC’s cycle time is increased when a Master Unit is mounted, as shown below.
Note Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for more details on the refresh time and the
PC’s cycle time.
Master Unit for CV-series PCs (CVM1-DRM21)
The PC’s cycle time is increased by 1.1 ms. This is the extra time required for
CPU Bus Unit servicing (CompoBus/D Master Unit refreshing).
190
Section
Remote I/O Communications Characteristics
6-1
Master Unit for C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS PCs (C200HWDRM21)
The PC’s cycle time is increased by the amount shown below. The extra time is
required for I/O refreshing.
PC
CompoBus/D Unit I/O refreshing time (ms)
C200HX, C200HG,
and C200HE
C200HS
1.72 + 0.022 × the number of words refreshed
2.27 + 0.077 × the number of words refreshed
The number of words refreshed is the total number of words in the I/O Area that
are used by the Slaves, including any unused words between words actually
used by the Slaves. For example, if there are only two Input Slaves with node
addresses 1 and 5, the 5 input words for nodes 1 through 5 would be refreshed
even though the input words for nodes 2, 3, and 4 are unused.
If message communications are being performed, just add the number of words
used in message communications to the above number of words for whenever
messages are being processed.
More than One Master in Network
The following equation shows the remote I/O communications cycle time (TRM)
when there is more than one Master in the Network and message communications are not being performed. An example for two Master Units is used.
First, the Network is divided into two groups: Master A and the Slaves in remote
I/O communications with it and Master B and the Slaves in remote I/O communications with it.
Slave A
Group A
Group B
Master A
Master B
Slave B
Slave C
Slaves in remote I/O communications with Master A
Slave D
Slave E
Slave F
Slaves in remote I/O communications with Master B
Note Although in the above diagram the Slaves are separated into two groups for convenience, the actual physical positions in the Network are irrelevant.
Next, we can refer to the previous equations and calculate the communications
cycle time for each group as if they were separate Networks.
Group B
Group A
Master B
Master A
Slave A
Slave B
Group A communications
cycle time: TRM-A
Slave C
Slave D
Slave E
Slave F
Group A communications
cycle time: TRM-B
In Networks with two Masters, the communications cycle time for the entire Network will be the sum of the communications cycle times for the groups.
TRM = TRM-A + TRM-B
Although this example shows only two Masters in the Network, the total communications cycle time for any Network can be calculated by dividing it into groups
and adding the communications cycle times of all groups.
191
Section
Message Communications Time
6-2
6-1-3 System Startup Time
This section describes the system startup time for a Network operating with the
scan list enabled. The system startup time is the delay from the time that the
Master Unit is turned ON until remote I/O communications begin. Here, we assume that the scan list is enabled and that remote I/O communications are set to
start automatically at startup.
The following table shows the system startup times for two cases. In the first
case, the Master Unit starts up just after all of the Slaves’ power supplies are
turned ON. In the second case, the Master Unit is restarted while communications are in progress.
System Startup Times
Case
Slave’s indicator status
System startup time
The Master is started just
The NS indicator is OFF or
6 seconds
after Slave startup.
flashing green.
The Master only is restarted. The NS indicator flashes red 8 seconds
while the Master is OFF.
The Slaves only are
--10 seconds
restarted.
As shown in the preceding table, it takes time for CompoBus/D communications
to start up. This programming uses flags in the Master Status Area to prevent the
Slaves’ I/O processing from being performed until remote I/O communications
start up.
Program Example
Note Refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual (W267) for details on
the Master Status Area 1.
This programming is for a CV-series PC and a Master Unit with a unit number of
00.
Remote I/O
Communications
Flag
Error/Communications
Stopped Flag
6-2
Slaves’ I/O processing
Message Communications Time
The message communications time is the time required from the time a Master
Unit starts to send a message over the Network to another node until the Master
Unit completes sending the message (data for SEND(192)/RECV(193) and
FINS commands for CMND(194)/IOWR).
If the CPU Unit attempts to send another message or receives a message from
another node within the message communications time, the second message or
the message being received from another node may be destroyed. Never
execute a second communications instruction before the message communications time has elapsed and never send messages to any one node at intervals
less than the message communications time.
Note
192
1. If send or receive messages are destroyed, error records will be placed in
the error history of the Master Unit. If an error occurs, read the error history
using the FINS command or monitor the error history from the Configurator.
Message Communications Time
Section
6-2
2. The following equations can be used to find the approximate message communications time, but this is a typical time, not the maximum time. The message communications time will vary depending on the frequency of message communications, the load on the remote node, the communications
cycle time, and other factors. For any one Master Unit, the message communications time can be greatly increased due to heavy loads and the user
program must be written to allow for this.
The following equation can be used to compute the approximate message communications time.
Message communications time =
Communications cycle time
((No. of message bytes + 15) 6 + 1)
No. of message bytes: No. of data bytes following the FINS command code
The communications cycle time depends on whether or not remote I/O communications are being used.
No Remote I/O Communications
The following equation can be used to compute the message communications
time when remote I/O communications are not being used.
Message communications time =
2 ms (see note) + 0.11
TB + 0.6 [ms]
TB :
The baud rate
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
Note The minimum remote I/O communications cycle time is 2 ms even if remote I/O
communications are not being used.
Remote I/O and Message Communications
Performing message communications in addition to remote I/O communications
will increase the message communications time.
Message communications time=
Communications cycle time for remote I/O communications only
+ 0.11 × TB + 0.6 [ms]
TB :
The baud rate
(500 kbps: TB = 2; 250 kbps: TB = 4; 125 kbps: TB = 8)
193
SECTION 7
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
This section describes error processing, periodic maintenance operations, and troubleshooting procedures needed to keep the
CompoBus/D Network operating properly. We recommend reading through the error processing procedures before operation
so that operating errors can be identified and corrected more quickly.
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
Indicators and Error Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1-1 MS and NS Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1-2 Seven-Segment Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1-3 Identifying Errors from the Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1-4 C200H I/O Link Unit Seven-segment Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2-1 Error History Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2-2 Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2-3 FINS Commands for Error Histories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-1 Master Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-2 Slave Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-3 Analog Input Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-4 Temperature Input Terminal Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-5 C200H I/O Link Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3-6 RS-232C Unit Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4-1 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4-2 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4-3 Replacing Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
196
197
198
203
204
205
205
206
207
207
210
212
212
212
214
215
215
215
216
195
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
7-1
7-1
Indicators and Error Processing
CompoBus/D Master Units have an MS (Module Status) indicator that indicates
the status of the node itself and an NS (Network Status) indicator that indicates
the status of the Network. The Master Units also have a 2-digit, 7-segment display and two dot indicators. These indicators and display show when an error
has occurred and what type of error it is.
2-digit, 7-segment display
Two indicators
Two dot indicators
7-1-1 MS and NS Indicators
The MS and NS indicators can be green or red and they can be OFF, flashing, or
ON. The following table shows the meaning of these indicator conditions.
Indicator
Color
MS
Green
Status
ON
Flashing
NS
Device
Operational
Device in
Standby
Unrecoverable Fault
Minor Fault
No Power
Meaning
Normal operating status.
Reading switch settings.
Red
ON
---
Flashing
OFF
Green
ON
Link OK.
On-line, Connected.
Network is operating normally
(communications established)
Flashing
On-line, Not
Connected
Network is operating normally, but
communications have not yet been
established.
ON
Critical Link
Failure
Flashing
Connection
Time-out
Not Powered/
Not On-Line
A fatal communications error has
occurred. Network communications are
not possible. Check for a node address
duplication or Bus Off error.
Communications timeout.
Red
---
196
Definition
OFF
Unit hardware error: Watchdog timer
error.
Switch settings incorrect, etc.
Power isn’t being supplied, waiting for
initial processing to start, or the Unit is
being reset.
Checking for node address duplication
on the Master, switch settings are
incorrect, or the power supply is OFF.
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
7-1
7-1-2 Seven-Segment Display
In addition to the MS and NS indicators, Master Units have a 2-digit, 7-segment
display that normally indicates the Master’s node address. When an error occurs, the display will alternate between the error code and the node address of
the faulty Slave.
Normal: Master Unit’s node address
Error: Error code and faulty node address
Scan list enabled/disabled
Dot Indicators
The dots at the lower-right corner of each digit show whether the scan list is enabled or disabled for CompoBus/D remote I/O communications. The dots are
ON when the scan list is disabled and OFF when the scan list is enabled.
Seven-segment Display
The 7-segment digits themselves show the Master’s node address during normal operation, but indicate the error code and faulty Slave node address when
an error occurs. The following table outlines the operation of the display.
Status
Remote I/O communications active and
normal
From power ON to Remote I/O
start of remote I/O communications
communications
automatically
started at startup
Remote I/O
communications
stopped at startup
Display
Master Unit’s node Lit
address (00 to 63)
Flashing
Flashing until end
of node address
duplication check
At startup of remote I/O communications
Error
Scan list
Watchdog timer
Memory or system
error
Other errors
Reading
Registered
Flashing until
remote I/O
communications
start
Not lit
Error code only
Lit
Error code and error node address
alternate (see diagram below)
“- -”
Flashing
197
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
7-1
The following diagram illustrates the alternating display of the error code and error node address.
OFF (0.1 s)
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
Slave’s
node address
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
OFF (0.1 s)
Slave’s
node address
(1 s)
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.1 s)
Master’s
Master’s node
error code (1 s)
address (1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
If there is an error at the Master Unit.
There is no priority in the error codes; all errors that have occurred will be displayed in order. All error codes begin with letters, so they can be distinguished
from node addresses immediately.
7-1-3 Identifying Errors from the Indicators
The indicators can be used to identify the cause of an error.
The following table shows the status of the MS and NS indicators and the 7-segment display during normal operation.
Normal Indications
Display/Indicator status
Network/Unit status
MS
ON
(green)
NS
ON
(green)
7-segment
Master
Remote I/O or message
Unit’s node communications in progress.
address
ON
(green)
Flashing
(green)
Master
Unit’s node
address
Remote I/O communications
stopped and message
connection not established.
No
change
Flashing
(green)
Remote I/O communications
are being initialized between the
Master Unit and Slaves.
OFF
OFF
Master
Unit’s node
address
(flashing)
OFF
Flashing
(green)
OFF
Master
Unit’s node
address
Waiting for end of node address
duplication check.
Waiting for initialization with PC.
Comments
This is the normal display when remote I/O
and/or message communications are active.
“Connection not established” indicates that the
local node has not sent a message to another
node and that a message has not been received
from another node.
---
Reset the Master Unit if this status continues for
an extended period of time. If operation still is not
possible, replace the CPU Unit and/or Master
Unit.
The following causes should be considered if this
status continues for too long
Unit numbers A to F have been used for a
C200HS PC.
The same Unit number has been used for more
than one C200HS PC.
Unit numbers A to F have been used for a
C200HX/HG/HE PC that supports less than 881
I/O points.
The Master Unit is not registered in the I/O table
for a C200HX/HG/HE PC.
Reset the Master Unit if none of the above are
problems. If operation still is not possible, replace
the CPU Unit and/or Master Unit.
No
change
198
No
change
-(flashing)
Saving scan list in EEPROM or
clearing scan list.
---
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
Errors Occurring in the
Master Unit
The following table lists probable causes and remedies for errors that occur in
the Master Unit. In the 7-segment display column, Mnn represents the Master’s
node address and Snn represents a Slave’s node address. “---” indicates that
the status of the indicator will not change from its previous condition.
Display/Indicator status
7-segment
MS
7-1
Error
Probable cause and remedy
NS
OFF
OFF
OFF
PC Watchdog Timer
Error
Either a watchdog timer error occurred in the PC or
power is not being supplied to the PC properly. Master
Unit operation will stop. Refer to the PC’s Operation
Manual for details.
OFF
OFF
or
ON (red)
OFF
Watchdog Timer Error
A watchdog timer error occurred in the Master Unit and
Master Unit operation will stop. Replace the Master Unit.
---
---
A0 ⇔ Mnn
The MS indicator will be OFF in C200HW-DRM21-V1,
ON (red) in the CVM1-DRM21-V1.
Communications
stopped due to an error
The Master has been set to stop communications in the
event of a communications error and communications
have been stopped due to a communications error, send
timeout, or network power supply error.
Remote I/O communications will stop but message
communications will continue.
Bits 06 and 15, or bits 05 and 14, will be ON in Master
Status Area 1.
Remove the cause of any communications error (error
d9), network power supply errors (error E0), and send
timeouts (error E2) and then restart remote I/O
communications using the software switch to cancel
stoppage of communications.
C0 ⇔ Mnn
---
---
Scan list operation could
not be performed.
C2 ⇔ Mnn
The scan list could not be created because the Master
was already operating with the scan list enabled. Use
the Clear Scan List BIt to switch the Master to scan list
disabled mode and try the operation again.
The scan list could not be created or cleared because
one of the Slaves that should be registered did not exist.
Check the Slaves’ connections and recognition by the
Master and try the operation again.
The scan list could not be created because a
configuration error occurred. Eliminate the cause of the
configuration error, restart the Master, and try the
operation again.
The scan list could not be created or cleared because a
scan list operation was already being performed. Verify
that the previous scan list operation has been completed
and try the operation again.
C3 ⇔ Mnn
C4 ⇔ Mnn
CA ⇔ Mnn
d0 ⇔ Snn
The scan list could not be created or cleared because
the PC was not in PROGRAM mode. Switch the PC to
PROGRAM mode and try the operation again.
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Setup error:
I/O area overlap
There is an overlap in the Slaves’ I/O words. The Master
Unit will attempt to reconnect to the Slaves with the
error.
Bits 04 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Correct the Slave node address.
d1 ⇔ Snn
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Setup error:
The range of the Slaves’ I/O area was exceeded. The
I/O area range exceeded Master Unit will attempt to reconnect to the Slaves with
the error.
Bits 04 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Correct the Slave node address.
199
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
Display/Indicator status
7-segment
MS
NS
d2 ⇔ Snn
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Error
Setup error:
Slave not supported
7-1
Probable cause and remedy
The number of I/O points/Slave has exceeded 64 bytes.
The Master Unit will attempt to reconnect to the Slaves
with the error.
Bits 04 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Correct the Slave node address.
d5 ⇔ Snn
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Verification error:
Slave does not exist
A Slave registered in the scan list does not exist in the
network. The Master Unit will attempt to reconnect to the
Slaves with the error.
Bits 07 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the Master/Slave baud rates, for loose or broken
cables, for noise, cable lengths, and Terminating
Resistors.
d6 ⇔ Snn
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Verification error:
Slave I/O size differs
The I/O size of a Slave registered in the scan list does
not match the actual Slave in the network. The Master
Unit will attempt to reconnect to the Slaves with the
error.
Bits 07 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the Slave and create the scan list again.
d9 ⇔ Snn
ON
(green)
Flashing
(red)
Communications error:
Remote I/O
communications timeout
A response from a Slave timed out 6 times or a
fragmentation occurred 3 time. The Master Unit will
attempt to reconnect to the Slaves with the error.
Bits 07 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the Master/Slave baud rates, for loose or broken
cables, for noise, cable lengths, and Terminating
Resistors.
E0 ⇔ Mnn
ON
(green)
OFF
Send error:
Network power supply
error
The communications power supply is not being supplied
from the communications connector. The Master Unit
will be waiting for power supply.
Bits 05 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the power supply and connecting cables.
E2 ⇔ Mnn
ON
(green)
OFF
Send error:
Send timeout
A transmission could not be completed successfully for
one of the following reasons:
• There are no Slaves in the Network.
• There is another Master in the Network.
• There is an error in the CAN controller.
The Master Unit will retry.
Bits 05 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the Master/Slave baud rates, for loose or broken
cables, for noise, cable lengths, and Terminating
Resistors.
200
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
Display/Indicator status
7-segment
MS
NS
E4 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(red)
---
Error
PC mounting error (for
V1 Master Units only;
see note 1 at end of
table)
7-1
Probable cause and remedy
C200HX/HG/HE PCs: Either the Master Unit is mounted
to a Slave Rack or two Master Units are mounted
without using a Configurator to enable them.
CV-series PCs: Two Master Units are mounted without
using a Configurator to enable them.
Operation will continue from where remote I/O
communications stopped (including I/O refresh).
Bits 03 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Create a scan list using the Configurator.
(V1 Master Units: When a PC mounting error occurs,
remote I/O communications will stop, but messages
communications and software switch/Status Area
refreshes will continue. A PC mounting error will always
occur the first time PC power is turned ON with more
than one Master Unit, but the error can be eliminated by
registering proper parameters in all Master Units.)
E5 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(red)
---
Routing table error
The Master Unit is not properly registered in the local
network table.
Master Unit operation will continue without the routing
tables. Bits 05 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area
1.
Correct the routing tables in the CPU Unit and restart
the Master Unit.
E8 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(red)
---
Configuration data error
There is a data error in the configuration data (i.e., the
scan list and Master parameters) in the Master Unit.
Check the network configuration and create the scan list
again.
Master Unit operation will continue with the scan list
disabled and with the default Master parameters (see
note 2 at end of table).
Check the network configuration and correct the scan
list and network parameters from the Configurator, or
use the software switch to reset the scan list.
(For V0 Master Units (without “V1” suffix in model
number), operation will continue with the scan list
disabled. For V1 Master Units, remote I/O
communications will stop and only the software switches
and Status Area will be refreshed.)
F0 ⇔ Mnn
ON
(green)
ON
(red)
Node address
duplication
The Master Unit’s node address has been set on
another node. Master Unit operation will stop.
Bits 01 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Change the node address settings to eliminate the
duplication and restart the Master.
F1 ⇔ Mnn
ON
(green)
OFF
Bus Off error detected
A Bus Off status was detected. (Communications were
stopped because of the occurrence of a number of data
errors.) Master Unit operation will stop.
Bits 01 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the Master/Slave baud rates, for loose or broken
cables, for noise, cable lengths, and Terminating
Resistors.
F3 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(green)
OFF
Incorrect switch settings
A mistake has been made in the DIP switch settings.
Master Unit operation will stop.
Bits 00 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
Check the settings and restart the Master Unit.
201
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
Display/Indicator status
7-segment
MS
NS
F4 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(green)
OFF
Error
Configuration error:
PC mounting error (V0
Master Units only)
7-1
Probable cause and remedy
One of the following errors has occurred when using a
C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master:
• A SYSMAC BUS Master is connected too.
• Two or more Master Units are connected.
Master Unit operation will stop.
Change the configuration and restart the PC.
F5 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(green)
OFF
Initialization error with
PC
An error occurred during initialization with the PC.
Master Unit operation will stop.
Check the following items and restart the PC.
• I/O table in CPU Unit.
• Error log in CPU Unit.
• Unit number of Master Unit.
F6 ⇔ Mnn
Flashing
(red)
OFF
PC interface error
An error occurred in communications with the PC.
Master Unit operation will stop.
Check the following items and restart the PC.
CV-series PCs
• CPU Unit status.
• IOSP instruction programming methods
• CPU Bus Unit servicing setting (A015)
C200HX/HG/HE/HS PCs
• CPU Unit status
• Noise interference
F8 ⇔ Mnn
ON (red)
OFF
Memory error:
EEPROM error
If the problem cannot be fixed, replace the CPU Unit or
Master Unit.
Master parameters cannot be read or written to
EEPROM. Master Unit operation will stop.
Bits 00 and 14 will be ON in Master Status Area 1.
F9 ⇔ Mnn
ON (red)
OFF
Note
202
Memory error:
RAM error
Replace the Master Unit.
An error occurred during the RAM check in initialization.
Master Unit operation will stop. Replace the Master Unit.
1. With the V0 (original) version of the Master Unit, Master Unit operation
would stop with an F4 error code displayed for a PC mounting error. With V1
Master Units, remote I/O communications will stop for PC mounting errors,
but Master Unit operation will continue and message communications will
be possible. In this case, remote I/O will not be refreshed between the PC
and the Master Unit, but software switches and the Status Area will be refreshed.
2. With the V0 (original) version of the Master Unit, remote I/O communications would continue with the scan list disabled for configuration errors (E8).
With V1 Master Units, remote I/O communications will not continue (i.e., I/O
will not be refreshed between the PC and the Master Unit) and only software
switches and the Status Area will be refreshed.
Section
Indicators and Error Processing
Errors Occurring in the
Slave Unit
Display/Indicator
status
MS
ON
(green)
NS
ON
(green)
ON
(green)
ON
(green)
ON (red)
OFF
Flashing
(red)
ON
(green)
ON
(green)
ON
(green)
7-1
The following table lists probable causes and remedies for errors that occur in
the Slave Unit.
Network status
Probable cause and remedy
Remote I/O or message
communications in progress
(normal status)
Remote I/O communications and/or message communications
are active on the Network.
Checking for node address
duplication
Waiting for connection
Checking whether the Unit’s node address has been set on
another node.
The Unit is waiting for a connection from the Master Unit.
Watchdog timer error
A watchdog timer error occurred in the Unit. Replace the Unit.
OFF
Incorrect switch settings
ON
(red)
Node address duplication
A mistake has been made in the switch settings. Check the
settings and restart the Slave.
The Slave Unit’s node address has been set on another node.
Change the settings to eliminate the duplication and restart the
Slave.
ON
(red)
Bus Off error detected
Flashing
(green)
OFF
Flashing
(red)
Communications timeout
The communications controller detected a Bus Off status and
communications have been stopped.
Check the following and restart the Slave: Master/Slave baud
rates, for loose or broken cables, for noise, cable lengths, and
Terminating Resistors.
The connection with the Master Unit timed out.
Check the following and restart the Slave: Master/Slave baud
rates, for loose or broken cables, for noise, cable lengths, and
Terminating Resistors.
7-1-4 C200H I/O Link Unit Seven-segment Display
C200H I/O Link Units have a 2-digit, 7-segment display that normally indicates
the C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address (decimal value from 00 to 63). When an
error occurs, the display will alternate between the error code and the node address of the faulty C200H I/O Link Unit. If more than one error occurs at the same
time, the error codes will be displayed in sequence, followed at the end by the
faulty Unit’s node address.
Normal: C200H I/O Link Unit node address
Error: Error code and faulty C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address
Read/Write Area default/user settings
Dot Indicators
The dots at the lower-right of each digit are operated by bit 13 (Read/Write Area
default setting) of the Status Area (first word of the IR Area + 5 words), and show
whether user settings or default settings are being used for the Read/Write Area.
The dots are lit when the default settings are used and not lit when the user settings are used.
203
Section
Error History
7-2
The 7-segment digits show the C200H I/O Link Unit’s node address during normal operation, but alternate between the error code and the Unit’s node address
when an error occurs. The following table outlines the operation of the display.
Seven-segment Display
Status
Error
Display
Watchdog timer
Memory or system
error
Other errors
Not lit
Error code only
Lit
Error code and error node address
alternate (see diagram below)
The following diagram illustrates the alternating display of the error code and error node address.
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
Error code
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
Node address
(1 s)
OFF (0.3 s)
If more then one error occurs at the same time, each error code will be displayed
in sequence, followed at the end by the error node address.
7-2
Error History
Up to 20 records of errors can be set in an error history (error log) in the CompoBus/D Master Unit. The error log can be read, cleared, and monitored using
FINS commands or a Configurator, as described following.
Note The contents of the error history is cleared when power is turned OFF or when
the Master Unit is reset.
FINS Commands
The following FINS commands can be sent from a CPU Unit to the Master Unit to
read and clear the error history.
• ERROR HISTORY READ, command code 21 02
• ERROR HISTORY CLEAR, command code 21 03
The data that was read can be stored in the DM Area of the PC.
Addressed to local Master Unit
FINS command
Addressed to remote Master Unit
FINS command
Configurator
The Master error history read operation can be used from the Configurator to
monitor the error history. With the Configurator, the error history can only be
monitored and the data cannot be saved.
204
Section
Error History
7-2
7-2-1 Error History Data
Each record in the error history consists of 10 bytes in the configuration shown in
the following diagram. Up to 20 records can be stored in the CompoBus/D Master Unit. If more than 20 errors occur, the newest records are stored and the oldest ones are deleted.
1st byte
Error code
10th byte
Error details
min
s
day
hr
yr.
mo
The time stamp is provided in the CVM1-DRM1-V1
Master Unit only. These bytes will be all zeros for
the C200HW-DRM1-V1 Master Unit. (The program
can be used to manually attach a time stamp to the
error history records by using the clock in the CPU
Unit for C200HX/HG/HE/HS PCs.)
Note The time stamp is not provided for any error that occurs during initialization with
the PC.
7-2-2 Error Codes
The error codes used in the error history are described in the following table. The
error codes cover errors such as destroyed responses for messages communications, which are not displayed on the front-panel indicators.
Error
code
(hex)
0002
0006
000B
0101
Error details
Error
Code from
7-segment
display on
Master Unit
Error node
address
PC interface error
Initialization error with PC
Destination
node address
Frame
discriminator
(automatically
set by system
when FINS
command is
set)
Routing table error
Send
Not in
response
network
message
destroyed
Local node
not
participating
0103
Meaning
7-segment
display
Error occurred in PC interface.
Error occurred in initialization with
PC.
Error in routing table data.
The local node is not in network;
attempted to send response
message, but message was
destroyed.
Send error occurred; attempted to
send response message, but
message was destroyed.
F6
F5
E5
---
---
0109
Remote node
busy
Remote mode was busy; attempted
to send response message, but
message was destroyed.
---
0112
Illegal header
An illegal header was detected;
attempted to send response
message, but message was
destroyed.
The internal reception buffer in the
local node was full; attempted to
receive response message, but
message was destroyed.
An illegal message was received
and destroyed.
Local mode was busy; attempted to
send response message, but
message was destroyed.
---
0117
Source node
address
Receive
response
message
destroyed
0118
0119
Destination
node address
Send
response
message
destroyed
Reception
buffer full
Illegal
message
Local node
busy
---
-----
205
Section
Error History
Error
code
(hex)
0701
0702
0703
Error details
Code from
7-segment
display on
Master Unit
Error node
address
Error
Meaning
Configuration error
I/O area overlap
I/O area range exceeded
0704
0705
Unsupported Slave
Verification error: Slave
missing
Verification error: Slave I/O
size differs
0706
0707
Communications error
0708
Scan list operation failed
0709
0781
PC mounting error
Node address duplication
0782
0783
Bus Off detected
No communications power
supply
Send timeout
0784
7-2
7-segment
display
A configuration data error occurred.
Words in the Slave I/O areas are
overlapping.
An I/O area is outside the valid
areas.
An unsupported Slave is connected.
A Slave registered in the scan list is
not connected to the network.
The I/O capacity of a Slave does not
agree with the information in the
scan list.
E8
d0
An error occurred in remote I/O
communications.
It was not possible to perform a scan
list operation.
A PC mounting error has occurred.
The same node address is allocated
to two nodes.
A Bus Off status was detected.
The communications power is not
being supplied.
A send timeout occurred.
d9
d1
d2
d5
d5
C0 to C5
E4
F0
F1
E0
E2
Note When monitoring the error history from the Configurator, the information in the
“Meaning” column is also displayed.
7-2-3 FINS Commands for Error Histories
ERROR HISTORY READ
Command Block
1 byte
Command First record
to read
code
No. of records
to read
Response Block
10 bytes
1 byte
Command
code
No. of records Data for 1 record
Response Max. No. of
to read
code
records
No. of records
stored
ERROR HISTORY CLEAR
Command Block
1 byte
Command
code
206
10 bytes
Data for 1 record
Section
Troubleshooting
7-3
Response Block
1 byte
Command
code
Response
code
For further details on the ERROR HISTORY READ and ERROR HISTORY
CLEAR commands, refer to the CompoBus/D (DeviceNet) Operation Manual
(W267).
7-3
Troubleshooting
7-3-1 Master Unit Troubleshooting
The indicators of a Master Unit connected to a C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, or
C200HS PC will indicate when an error has occurred. Check the Master Unit’s
indicators and perform the error processing described in the following table.
When an error occurs in a Slave, the Slave can be identified from the status of
the Master’s indicators or from the status flags in the PC’s Special I/O Unit area.
PC Errors
(CVM1-DRM21-V1)
Use the following table to troubleshoot errors in a PC that has a
CVM1-DRM21-V1 Master Unit installed. Refer to the CV-series PCs Operation
Manual: Ladder Diagrams for more details.
Error
Probable cause
• Make sure that the Unit is connected properly.
An I/O verification error occurred.
• Check the I/O table with the I/O Table Verification operation and correct it if
necessary. After correcting it, perform the I/O Table Create operation.
A CPU Bus Unit setting error occurred.
• Make sure that the Master’s unit number setting is correct. The acceptable
unit number range is 00 to 15.
• Check the I/O table with the I/O Table Verification operation and correct it if
necessary. After correcting it, perform the I/O Table Create operation.
A CPU Bus Unit error occurred.
• Make sure that the Unit is connected properly.
A CPU Bus error occurred.
• Restart the Unit. Replace the Unit if it does not restart.
• Make sure that the Unit is connected properly.
PC Errors
(C200HW-DRM21-V1)
Error
An I/O verification error occurred.
An I/O set error occurred.
An I/O unit over error occurred.
Use the following table to troubleshoot errors in a PC that has a C200HWDRM21-V1 Master Unit installed. Refer to the C200HX, C200HG, and C200HE
Operation Manual or C200HS Operation Manual for more details.
Probable cause
• Check the I/O table with the I/O Table Verification operation and correct it if
necessary. After correcting it, perform the I/O Table Create operation.
• Check the I/O table with the I/O Table Verification operation and correct it if
necessary. After correcting it, perform the I/O Table Create operation.
• Make sure that the Master’s unit number setting is correct.
The acceptable unit number ranges are as follows.
C200HX-CPU3-(Z)E/CPU4-(Z)E:
0 to 9
C200HX-CPU5-(Z)E/CPU6-(Z)E:
0 to F
C200HG-CPU3-(Z)E/CPU4-(Z)E:
0 to 9
C200HG-CPU5-(Z)E/CPU6-(Z)E:
0 to F
C200HE-CPU11-(Z)E/CPU32-(Z)E/CPU42-(Z)E:
0 to 9
C200HS-CPU-E:
0 to 9
• Make sure that the Slave’s unit number has not been set on any other Special I/O Units.
207
Section
Troubleshooting
Error
7-3
Probable cause
• Make sure that the Unit is connected properly.
A Special I/O Unit error occurred.
• Check to see if the IOWR instruction was executed with the Message Communications Enabled Flag turned ON.
• Restart the Unit. Replace the Unit if it does not restart.
• Make sure that the Unit is connected properly.
An I/O Bus error occurred.
No I/O Data
Communications
Use the following table to troubleshoot the network when I/O data communications will not start. (The I/O Data Communications Flag remains OFF.)
Error
All of the Master’s indicators are OFF.
Probable cause
• Check whether power is being supplied to the PC.
• Check whether the Master Unit is mounted in the Backplane correctly.
• When a watchdog timer (WDT) error has occurred in the PC, follow the
procedures described in the PC’s manual to correct the problem.
• All of the indicators will be OFF when a Special I/O Unit error has occurred with the C200HW-DRM21-V1.
Restart the Unit. Replace the Unit if it does not restart.
The Master’s MS indicator is ON and green, but • If the Master’s 7-segment display is displaying an error code, refer to
the NS indicator remains OFF.
the tables in 7-1-3 Identifying Errors from the Indicators.
(The NS indicator normally goes ON 2 s after
• Make sure that the C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master’s unit number setting
the MS indicator.)
is correct. The acceptable unit number ranges are as follows.
C200HX-CPU3-(Z)E/CPU4-(Z)E:
0 to 9
C200HX-CPU5-(Z)E/CPU6-(Z)E:
0 to F
C200HG-CPU3-(Z)E/CPU4-(Z)E:
0 to 9
C200HG-CPU5-(Z)E/CPU6-(Z)E:
0 to F
C200HE-CPU11-(Z)E/CPU32-E/CPU42-(Z)E:0 to 9
C200HS-CPU-E:
0 to 9
• Make sure that the Slave’s unit number has not been set on any other
Special I/O Units.
• With a C200HW-DRM21-V1 Master, check the I/O table with the I/O
Table Verification operation and correct it if necessary. After correcting
it, perform the I/O Table Create operation.
Restart the Unit. Replace the Unit if it does not restart.
The Master’s MS indicator is ON and green, but • If the Master’s 7-segment display is displaying an error code, refer to
the NS indicator continues to flash green.
the tables in 7-1-3 Identifying Errors from the Indicators.
(The NS indicator normally goes ON 2 s after
• Restart the Unit. Replace the Unit if it does not restart.
the MS indicator.)
The Master’s MS and NS indicators are ON
• Check that the Master’s baud rate matches the baud rates set on all of
and green, but the 7-segment display continues
the Slaves. If they do not match, set all of the baud rates to the same
to flash the Master’s node address.
value.
(The node address normally stops flashing
•
Make sure that there are 121-Ω Terminating Resistors connected to
within 8 s after the NS lights.)
both ends of the trunk line. Connect 121-Ω Terminating Resistors if the
wrong resistance is being used.
• Check whether all of the Slaves’ settings are correct.
• Check whether the communications cables are connected properly.
• Check whether the power supply is set correctly.
• Check for broken wires in the communications and power supply
cables attached to the connectors.
• Check whether the Slaves are operating properly.
When an OMRON Slave is being used, refer to the troubleshooting
tables in 7-3-2 Slave Unit Troubleshooting.
If another company’s Slave is being used, refer to that Slave’s user’s
manual.
208
Section
Troubleshooting
I/O Link Problems
7-3
Use the following table to troubleshoot I/O Link problems.
Error
Probable cause
The I/O is not simultaneous.
Observe the following points when writing application programs:
• The simultaneity of node-units of data is ensured between the PC and
Master Unit.
• In OMRON Slaves, the simultaneity of word-units of data is ensured.
• If another company’s Slave is being used, refer to that Slave’s Operation Manual for details.
At startup, OFF outputs are output from the
Slaves.
When the Master is operating with the scan list disabled and the PC is
set to maintain the status of I/O area bits, those held output points will
be output from the Output Slaves at startup.
Be sure to perform the create scan list operation and operate the
Master with the scan list enabled.
Refer to the PC’s Operation Manual for details on the IOM Hold Bit
(CV Series) or I/O Status Hold Bit (C200H).
Communications Error
Setting Problems
Use the following table to correct problems with the “Continue/Stop Communications for Error” DIP switch setting.
Error
Probable cause
Communications are stopped even though
there is no communications error.
When the DIP switch’s “Continue/Stop Communications for Error” pin
is ON, communications will be stopped if a communications error,
transmission timeout, or network power supply error occurs.
While communications are stopped, the 7-segment displays will
alternately display error code A0 and the error code of the
communications error that caused the stoppage.
After a network power supply error or transmission timeout is
corrected, the indicators will show just the communications stoppage
code (A0).
Communications are stopped by the DIP switch
setting, but do not resume after toggling the
Error Communications Stoppage Bit.
When communications cannot be restarted with Slaves that were
communicating normally before the stoppage, stop the
communications again.
Check that the Slave has started up and perform the “clear
communications error stoppage” operation. It may be necessary to
perform the operation twice if the network contains another company’s
Slave that takes a long time to join the network.
Scan List Problems
Use the following table to troubleshoot scan list problems.
Error
A scan list could not be created by the “create
scan list” operation.
A scan list could not be cleared by the “clear
scan list” operation.
Probable cause
Neither the create scan list nor clear scan list operations can be
performed until the I/O Data Communications Flag turns ON. (There is
a delay after the power is first turned ON and after the clear scan list
operation is executed.)
Make sure that the I/O Data Communications Flag is ON before
attempting to execute the create scan list or clear scan list operations.
The “create scan list” or “clear scan list”
operation was executed, but the Master’s
7-segment displays still display “- -”.
Restart the Master Unit, execute the clear scan list operation, and
then the create scan list operation if necessary.
Replace the Master Unit if this does not correct the problem.
(The “- -” display usually lasts for 1 s after the
“create scan list” operation or 0.1 s after the
“clear scan list” operation.)
209
Section
Troubleshooting
7-3
7-3-2 Slave Unit Troubleshooting
Red Indicator
(ON or Flashing)
Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in a Slave that has a red indicator that is ON or flashing.
Error
Probable cause
The MS indicator is a constant red.
The Slave Unit is faulty. Replace the Unit.
The MS indicator is flashing red.
• Check that the Slave’s baud rate setting is correct. The setting must be
125 kbps, 250 kbps, or 500 kbps. Restart the Unit after changing the
baud rate.
After the MS indicator turns green, the NS
indicator does not flash green - it turns red
immediately.
• Replace the Unit if the MS indicator continues to flash red even though
the baud rate setting is correct.
Restart the faulty Slave Unit after checking the following points.
• Make sure that the Master and Slaves baud rate settings all match. If
they do not match, set all of the baud rates to the same value.
• Check for a node address duplication. If necessary change the node
address settings so that each node has a unique number.
• See the troubleshooting steps below under the error heading:
“The NS indicator lights green but turns red after a short time.”
• Check whether all of the Slaves’ settings are correct.
• If a particular Slave’s NS indicator is always red, replace that Slave.
The NS indicator lights green but turns red after Restart the faulty Slave Unit after checking the following points.
a short time
• Make sure that there are 121-Ω Terminating Resistors connected at
or
both ends of the trunk line. Connect 121-Ω Terminating Resistors if the
The NS indicator lights green but starts flashing
wrong resistance is being used.
red after a short time.
• Check whether all of the Slaves’ settings are correct.
• Check whether the communications cables are connected properly.
• Check whether the power supply is set correctly.
• Check all the nodes for broken wires in the communications and power
supply cables attached to the connectors.
• Check whether power is correctly supplied to the network.
• If there is nearby equipment that generates electrical noise, take steps
to shield the Master, Slaves, and communications cables from the
noise.
• If an error has occurred with OMRON’s Master Unit, refer to 7-1 Indicators and Error Processing or 7-3-1 Master Unit Troubleshooting. If an
error has occurred in a Master Unit supplied by another maker, refer to
the relevant operation manual.
• If a particular Slave’s NS indicator is always red, replace that Slave.
210
Section
Troubleshooting
Trouble Adding a Slave
to the Network
7-3
Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in adding a Slave to the network.
Error
The NS indicator remains OFF.
Probable cause
• Check if the baud rate of the Master Unit coincides with that of the Slave
Unit. If the baud rates are different, correct the baud rate of the Slave Unit.
• Check that the Slave’s connector is connected correctly.
• Check whether the communications power supply is supplying 24 VDC.
• Make sure that the Master is operating properly.
When using an OMRON Master, refer to the troubleshooting tables in 7-1-3
Identifying Errors from the Indicators or 7-3-1 Master Unit Troubleshooting.
When using another company’s Master Unit, refer to that Master’s user’s
manual.
• Check whether the communications cables are connected properly.
• Check whether the power supply is set correctly.
• Check for broken wires in the communications and power supply cables attached to the connectors.
The NS indicator continues to flash green.
• Make sure that the Master is operating properly.
When using an OMRON Master, refer to the troubleshooting tables in 7-1-3
Identifying Errors from the Indicators or 7-3-1 Master Unit Troubleshooting.
When using another company’s Master Unit, refer to that Master’s operation manual.
• Check whether the Slave is registered in the Master’s scan list.
If an OMRON Master Unit is being used, a new Slave cannot be added to the
network if the Master is operating with the scan list enabled. First perform
the clear scan list operation, check that the Slave has joined the network,
and then perform the create scan list operation.
If another company’s Master Unit is being used, refer to that Master’s operation manual for details on adding a new Slave to its scan list.
The NS indicator alternates between being
green and flashing green, or alternates
between flashing red and flashing green.
• When using an OMRON Master, check the following items and perform the
necessary error processing steps.
→ Register the scan list again.
(After performing the clear scan list operation, check that the Slave has
joined the network and perform the create scan list operation.)
→ Make sure that the Slave’s allocated I/O area does not overlap with that
of another Slave. If there is an overlap, change the Slave’s node address
to eliminate it.
→ Make sure that the allocated I/O area does not exceed the allowed range
shown below:
C200HW-DRM21-V1
Output: IR 050 to IR 099
Input: IR 350 to IR 399
If the I/O area exceeds this range, change the Slave’s node address to
correct the problem.
• When using another company’s Master Unit, check that the I/O size registered in the Master’s scan list matches the actual I/O size of the Slave.
The I/O size is recorded in the following attributes of the connection object:
Interface 2 (Polled I/O Connection)
Produced Connection size (Input size)
Consumed Connection size (Output size)
and:
Interface 3 (Bit strobed I/O Connection)
Produced Connection size (Input size)
See Appendix B Slave Device Protocol for details and register the correct
value in the Master’s scan list. Refer to the Master’s manual for details on
registering the values.
211
Section
Troubleshooting
7-3
7-3-3 Analog Input Unit Troubleshooting
DRT1-AD04
Error
Probable cause
The AD converted data is FFFF.
The Analog Input Terminal’s open-circuit detection function is activated
when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the voltage drops below 0.8 V
or the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3.2 mA.
The converted data is set to FFFF when the open-circuit detection function
is activated.
Check the Analog input’s cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring.
When the input signal rises above 0.8 V or 3.2 mA, the converted data will
automatically return to its normal range.
DRT1-AD04H
Error
Probable cause
The AD converted data is 7FFF when the
disconnection indicator is lit.
The Analog Input Terminal’s open-circuit detection function is activated
when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the voltage drops below 0.8 V
or the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3.2 mA.
The converted data is set to FFFF when the open-circuit detection function
is activated. The disconnection indicator will be lit at the same time.
Check the Analog input’s cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring.
When the input signal rises above 0.8 V or 3.2 mA, the converted data will
automatically return to its normal range. The disconnection indicator will go
out at the same time.
7-3-4 Temperature Input Terminal Troubleshooting
Use the following table to troubleshoot problems in the Temperature Input Terminal.
Error
Probable cause
The temperature data is 7FFF when the
disconnection indicator is lit.
Check the temperature sensor cables for broken wires or incorrect wiring.
Check that input cables are wired properly.
Check that the cold junction compensator is connected properly
(applicable to the DRT1-TS04T only).
7-3-5 C200H I/O Link Unit Troubleshooting
When an error occurs in the C200H I/O Link Unit and the error code is displayed
by the 7-segment display, use the following table to troubleshoot the problem. If
the error code is not shown on the 7-segment display, use the table under the
heading Identifying Errors from Symptoms to troubleshoot the problem.
Identifying Errors from Seven-segment Display
Display
C0
C3
Probable cause
Attempt was made to set the Link Area when
the PC is not in PROGRAM mode.
Invalid setting values in Link Area.
Possible remedy
1. Turn OFF bit 00 of the software switches.
2. Switch the PC’s operating mode to PROGRAM mode.
3. Turn ON bit 00 of the software switches again.
1. Turn OFF bit 00 of the software switches.
2. Check the area settings, address settings, and size
settings, and correct if necessary.
3. Turn ON bit 00 of the software switches again.
D9
Timeout error in communications with Master
Unit.
• The Master Unit is not operating.
• The cables are not connected properly.
• A source of noise is close to the Master Unit.
E0
212
The Network’s communications power is not
being supplied normally.
1. Check the status of the Master Unit.
2. Check that the CompoBus/D communications cables
are connected properly and that noise preventative
measures have been taken.
3. If the error is not cleared after taking the above steps,
restart the Unit.
Check the Network’s power supply and wiring, and restart
the Unit.
Section
Troubleshooting
Display
E4
Probable cause
The Unit’s Read/Write Area is set to default
settings with other Communications Units
connected.
7-3
Possible remedy
1. Check that the area address settings for the SYSMAC
BUS Masters, CompoBus/D Masters, and
CompoBus/D Slaves are not overlapping.
2. Set the Read/Write Area settings using bit 00 of the
software switches. (If the settings are overlapping
intentionally, the Unit will operate according to the
Read/Write Area settings after setting this bit.)
E6
E8
The CPU Unit is mounted to a C200H or
C200HS PC.
Internal non-volatile memory data error
3. Restart the Unit.
Remount the CPU Unit to a C200HE, C200HG, or
C200HX PC, and restart the PC.
1. Set the Read/Write Area settings using bit 00 of the
software switches.
2. Restart the Unit.
3. If the error is not cleared, replace the Unit.
F0
Duplicate node address error
F1
Bus Off error
Reset the node address to a number that is not used by
another Unit, and restart the Unit.
1. Check that the CompoBus/D communications cables
are wired connected, and that noise preventative
measures have been taken.
2. Restart the Unit.
Master Unit baud rate setting error
F3
• Pin 4 of front-panel DIP switch is ON.
Make sure that the baud rate settings match and restart
the Unit.
• Make sure pin 4 on the front panel, and pins 7 and 8 on the
rear panel are turned OFF.
CPU Unit interface error from noise
Remove cause of noise and restart the Unit.
Hardware error
If the error is not cleared, replace the C200H I/O Link Unit
or the CPU Unit.
1. Restart the Unit
Front/rear-panel DIP switch setting error
• Pins 1 and 2 of front-panel DIP switch are ON. • Turn ON or OFF pins 1 and 2 according to the correct
baud rate setting.
• Pin 7 or 8 on rear-panel DIP switch is ON.
F6
F9
2. If the error is not cleared, replace the Unit.
213
Section
Troubleshooting
7-3
Identifying Errors from Symptoms
Symptom
Probable Cause
The power is ON, but the Slave Unit’s
indicators are all OFF.
The Read/Write Area’s settings have
been set, but data is not being
refreshed according to the settings.
CPU Unit error caused by noise
interference.
The settings have not been validated.
The Unit has not been reset.
Possible remedy
Restart the Unit.
1. Turn ON bit 00 of the software
switches.
2. Reset the Unit.
Restart the PC or turn ON and OFF
the bit corresponding to the unit
number in word AR 01.
After setting the areas and operating
the Unit, the data in the output area
frequently appears as unexpected
values.
The area settings are overlapping with
those of other Communications Units.
Check the area settings of other
Communications Units, and correct
settings so that data is not written to
an area already being used by
another Unit.
When reading the Slave’s DM Area
from the Master, unstable values are
returned and the data is unreadable.
Attempt was made to access of words
from DM 4096 onwards in the
C200HE-CPU11 CPU Unit.
Access the correct words only.
The Explicit Connection Established
Flag is ON in the C200H I/O Link
Unit’s status words, but Unit is not
receiving an explicit message from the
Master.
The Network cables are disconnected,
or the Master Unit’s power supply is
OFF. (OMRON Master Units do not
have timeouts when explicit message
communications are used, so the
Explicit Connection Established Flag
will not turn OFF even if
communications are stopped).
Restart the Master Unit, or connect
the cables correctly. (Timeouts cannot
be set for OMRON Master Units using
explicit message communications.)
7-3-6 RS-232C Unit Troubleshooting
Symptom
Probable cause
Possible remedy
The RS-232C Unit’s ERR indicator is
lit.
RS-232C port communications error
(the Unit’s RD and SD indicators are
not lit).
The RS-232C Unit is damaged.
Replace the RS-232C Unit.
The wiring is incorrect, or the cables
are not connected properly.
The RS-232C port’s parameters do
not match those of the RS-232C Unit.
Check the wiring with the RS-232C
Unit and correct it if necessary.
Reset the RS-232C port’s parameters
to match the parameters of the
RS-232C Unit.
Parameter Error Flag (bit 01 or 09) in
communications status word is ON.
The parameters are set incorrectly.
Reset the parameters correctly using
the PARAMETER SET command,
then execute the RS-232C PORT
RESET command or restart the
RS-232C Unit.
Parity Error Flag (bit 04 or 12) in
communications status word is ON.
The parity setting does not match the
setting in the RS-232C Unit.
Reset the RS-232C port’s parity
setting to match the parity of the
RS-232C Unit.
Overrun Error Flag (bit 05 or 13) in
communications status word is ON.
The baud rate does not match the
setting in the RS-232C Unit.
Reset the RS-232C port’s baud rate to
match the baud rate of the RS-232C
Unit.
Framing Error Flag (bit 06 or 14) in
communications status word is ON.
The character block settings (data
length, parity, and stop bits) do not
match those in the RS-232C Unit.
Receive Buffer Error Flag (bit 07 or
15) in communications status word is
ON.
The receive buffer has overflowed.
Reset the RS-232C port’s character
block (data length, parity, and stop
bits) to match the character block of
the RS-232C Unit.
The receive buffer for each of the
RS-232C Unit’s ports is 1,024 bytes.
Increase the reading frequency so that
the receive buffer does not overflow.
If the receive buffer has overflown,
execute the RS-232C PORT RESET
command or restart the RS-232C Unit.
214
Section
Maintenance
7-4
7-4
Maintenance
This section describes the routine cleaning and inspection recommended as
regular maintenance.
7-4-1 Cleaning
Clean the CompoBus/D Units regularly as described below in order to keep it in
its optimal operating condition.
• Wipe the Unit with a dry, soft cloth for regular cleaning.
• When a spot cannot be removed with a dry cloth, dampen the cloth with a neutral cleanser, wring out the cloth, and wipe the Unit.
• A smudge may remain on the Unit from gum, vinyl, or tape that was left on for a
long time. Remove the smudge when cleaning.
! Caution
Never use volatile solvents such as paint thinner or benzene or chemical wipes.
These substances could damage the surface of the Unit.
7-4-2 Inspection
Be sure to inspect the system periodically to keep it in its optimal operating
condition. In general, inspect the system once every 6 to 12 months, but inspect
more frequently if the system is used with high temperature or humidity or under
dirty/dusty conditions.
Inspection Equipment
Prepare the following equipment before inspecting the system.
Required Equipment
Have a standard and phillips-head screwdriver, multimeter, alcohol, and a clean
cloth.
Equipment that May be Required
Depending on the system conditions, a synchroscope, oscilloscope, thermometer, or hygrometer (to measure humidity) might be needed.
Inspection Procedure
Check the items in the following table and correct any items that are below standard.
Item
Environmental
conditions
Installation
Ambient and cabinet temperature
Ambient and cabinet humidity
Dust/dirt accumulation
Are the Units installed securely?
Are the communications
connectors fully inserted?
Are the external wiring screws
tight?
Are the connecting cables
undamaged?
Standard
Equipment
See below.
See below.
None
No looseness
No looseness
Thermometer
Hygrometer
-------
No looseness
---
No damage
---
215
Section
Maintenance
7-4
The following table shows the acceptable temperature and humidity ranges for
CompoBus/D Units.
Unit
Acceptable temperature
Master Unit
I/O Link Unit
Transistor Remote
Terminal
Environment-resistant
Terminal
Remote Adapter
Sensor Terminal
Analog Input Terminal
Analog Output Terminal
Temperature Input
Terminal
C200H I/O Link Unit
0 to 55C
Acceptable humidity*
10% to 90%
0 to 55C
35% to 85%
–10 to 55C
25% to 85%
0 to 55C
35% to 85%
0 to 55C
10% to 90%
RS-232C Unit
–10 to 55C
25% to 85%
Note Acceptable humidity range with no condensation or icing.
7-4-3 Replacing Nodes
The CompoBus/D Master Unit and Slave Units make up the network. The entire
network is affected when a Unit is faulty, so a faulty Unit must be repaired or replaced quickly. We recommend having spare Units available to restore network
operation as quickly as possible.
Precautions
Observe the following precautions when replacing a faulty Unit.
• After replacement make sure that there are no errors with the new Unit.
• When a Unit is being returned for repair, attach a sheet of paper detailing the
problem and return the Unit to your OMRON dealer.
• If there is a faulty contact, try wiping the contact with a clean, lint-free cloth
dampened with alcohol.
Settings after Replacing
Nodes
After replacing a Unit, set the new Unit’s switches to the same settings that were
on the old Unit.
216
Appendix A
Node Address Settings Table
Each Slave’s node address is set in binary with pins 1 through 6 of the Slave’s DIP switch. There are some differences in the location and orientation of the DIP switches, but the node address is always set in binary.
(0: OFF, 1: ON)
DIP switch setting
Node
address
Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DIP switch setting
Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
33
0
1
0
0
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
1
34
1
0
0
0
1
35
Node
address
32
1
1
0
0
0
0
3
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
4
0
0
1
0
0
1
36
1
0
1
0
0
0
5
1
0
1
0
0
1
37
0
1
1
0
0
0
6
0
1
1
0
0
1
38
1
1
1
0
0
0
7
1
1
1
0
0
1
39
0
0
0
1
0
0
8
0
0
0
1
0
1
40
1
0
0
1
0
0
9
1
0
0
1
0
1
41
1
0
1
0
1
42
0
1
0
1
0
0
10
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
11
1
1
0
1
0
1
43
0
0
1
1
0
0
12
0
0
1
1
0
1
44
1
0
1
1
0
0
13
1
0
1
1
0
1
45
0
1
1
1
0
0
14
0
1
1
1
0
1
46
1
1
1
1
0
0
15
1
1
1
1
0
1
47
0
0
0
0
1
0
16
0
0
0
0
1
1
48
1
0
0
0
1
0
17
1
0
0
0
1
1
49
0
1
0
0
1
0
18
0
1
0
0
1
1
50
1
1
0
0
1
0
19
1
1
0
0
1
1
51
0
0
1
0
1
0
20
0
0
1
0
1
1
52
1
0
1
0
1
0
21
1
0
1
0
1
1
53
0
1
1
0
1
0
22
0
1
1
0
1
1
54
1
1
1
0
1
0
23
1
1
1
0
1
1
55
0
0
0
1
1
0
24
0
0
0
1
1
1
56
1
0
0
1
1
0
25
1
0
0
1
1
1
57
0
1
0
1
1
0
26
0
1
0
1
1
1
58
1
1
0
1
1
0
27
1
1
0
1
1
1
59
0
0
1
1
1
0
28
0
0
1
1
1
1
60
1
0
1
1
1
0
29
1
0
1
1
1
1
61
0
1
1
1
1
0
30
0
1
1
1
1
1
62
1
1
1
1
1
0
31
1
1
1
1
1
1
63
217
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
When OMRON Slaves are connected to other company’s Masters, operate the Slave according to the Slave specifications and device protocol provided in this manual.
Basic I/O Slave Device Protocol
General data
Physical
conformance
data
Compatible DeviceNet Specifications
Volume I - Release 1.3
Volume II - Release 1.3 (See note)
Header name
Device protocol name
Manufacturer catalog number
Manufacturer revision
Network current consumption
OMRON Corporation
Header ID = 47
Slaves: Generic
Protocol number = 0
W347
1.0
40 mA max. (24 VDC) for the following Units:
CQM1-DRT21, DRT1-HD16S, and DRT1-ND16S
30 mA max. (24 VDC) for the following Units:
DRT1-ID08(-1), DRT1-ID16(-1), DRT1-OD08(-1),
DRT1-OD16(-1), DRT1-ID08C, DRT1-OD08C,
DRT1-MD16C, DRT1-ID16X(-1), DRT1-OD16X(-1),
DRT1-AD04, DRT1-AD04H, DRT1-DA02, DRT1-TS04T
and DRT1-TS04P
Communications
data
Connector type
Physical insulation
Supported indicators
MAC ID setting
Default MAC ID
Baud rate setting
Supported baud rates
Predefined Master/Slave connection set
Dynamic connection support (UCMM)
Explicit message fragmentation support
Open plug
Yes
Module, Network
DIP switch
0
DIP switch
125 kbps, 250 kbps, and 500 kbps
Group 2 only server
No
Yes
Note For Analog Input Terminals, Analog Output Terminals, and Temperature Input Terminals, Volume I is 1.2
and Volume II is 1.1.
Object Mounting
Identity Object (0x01)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
219
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Object instance
Attribute
ID content
Item
Object instance
Service
Get (read)
Set (write)
1 Vendor
2 Product type
3 Product code
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
4 Revision
5 Status (bits supported)
6 Serial number
7 Product name
8 State
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
47
0
CQM1-DRT21: 50
DRT1-ID08:
100
DRT1-ID08-1:
106
DRT1-ID16:
102
DRT1-ID16-1:
108
DRT1-OD08:
101
DRT1-OD08-1: 107
DRT1-OD16:
103
DRT1-OD16-1: 109
DRT1-ID08C:
112
DRT1-OD08C: 113
DRT1-MD16C: 114
DRT1-ID16X:
104
DRT1-ID16X-1: 110
DRT1-OD16X:
105
DRT1-OD16X-1: 111
DRT1-HD16S:
200
DRT1-ND16S:
201
DRT1-AD04:
300
DRT1-AD04S:
304
DRT1-DA02:
301
DRT1-TS04T:
302
DRT1-TS04P:
303
1.3 (See note)
Bit 0 only
Unique for each Unit
Same as model number
---
DeviceNet service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
Value
Parameter option
No
No
Note For Analog Input Terminals, Analog Output Terminals, and Temperature Input Terminals, Revision is 1.2.
Message Router Object (0x02)
Object class
Attribute
Service
Object instance Attribute
Service
Header specification addition
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
No
DeviceNet Object (0x03)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Item
Object instance
Attribute
220
ID content
1 MAC ID
2 Baud rate
3 BOI
4 Bus Off counter
5 Allocation information
6 MAC ID switch changed
7 Baud rate switch changed
8 MAC ID switch value
9 Baud rate switch value
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Value
----00 (hexadecimal)
-------------
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Object instance
Service
DeviceNet service
Parameter option
0E Get_Attribute_Single
4B Allocate_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
4C Release_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
No
No
No
Connection Object (0x05)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Max. number of active connections
Not supported
1
Item
Section
Object interface 1 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Explicit Message
Cyclic
Server
3
Item
ID content
Object interface 1 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
Item
Object interface 1 Service
Max. number of interfaces
1
------Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Item
Section
Object interface 2 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
--00 (hexadecimal)
83 (hexadecimal)
----21 (hexadecimal)
0700 (hexadecimal)
0700 (hexadecimal)
--01
00
--00
---
Parameter option
No
No
No
Information
Polled I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
Value
Max. number of interfaces
1
-------
221
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
ID content
Object interface 2 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
Item
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
Object interface 2 Service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Value
--01 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
See note.
See note.
--01
00
00_00_00_00_00_00
00
00_00_00_00_00_00
Parameter option
No
No
No
Note The connection sizes depend on the type of Slave being used. The most significant byte contains 00 and the
least significant byte contains the hexadecimal value shown in the following table.
Model
222
Produced connection size
Consumed connection size
DRT1-ID08
01
00
DRT1-ID08-1
01
00
DRT1-ID16
02
00
DRT1-ID16-1
02
00
DRT1-OD08
00
01
DRT1-OD08-1
00
01
DRT1-OD16
00
02
DRT1-OD16-1
00
02
DRT1-ID08C
01
00
DRT1-OD08C
00
01
DRT1-MD16C
01
01
DRT1-ID16X
02
00
DRT1-ID16X-1
02
00
DRT1-OD16X
00
02
DRT1-OD16X-1 00
02
DRT1-HD16S
02
00
DRT1-ND16S
01
01
DRT1-AD04
04 or 08
00
DRT1-DA02
00
04
DRT1-TS04T
08
00
DRT1-TS04P
08
00
CQM1-DRT21
02
02
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Section
Object interface 3 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Bit strobed I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
Item
ID content
Object interface 3 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
Item
Object interface 3 Service
Max. number of interfaces
1
------Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Value
--01 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
See note.
0100H
--01
00
00_00_00_00_00_00
00
00_00_00_00_00_00
Parameter option
No
No
No
223
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Note The produced connection size depends on the type of Slave being used. The most significant byte contains
00 and the least significant byte contains the hexadecimal value shown in the following table.
Model
Produced connection size
DRT1-ID08
01
DRT1-ID08-1
01
DRT1-ID16
02
DRT1-ID16-1
02
DRT1-OD08
00
DRT1-OD08-1
00
DRT1-OD16
00
DRT1-OD16-1
00
DRT1-ID08C
01
DRT1-OD08C
00
DRT1-MD16C
01
DRT1-ID16X
02
DRT1-ID16X-1
02
DRT1-OD16X
00
DRT1-OD16X-1 00
DRT1-HD16S
02
DRT1-ND16S
01
DRT1-AD04
04 or 08
DRT1-AD04H
08
DRT1-DA02
00
DRT1-TS04T
08
DRT1-TS04P
08
CQM1-DRT21
02
C200H I/O Link Unit Device Protocol
Compatible DeviceNet Specifications
Volume I - Release 1.3
Volume II - Release 1.3
Header name
Device type name
Manufacturer catalog number
Manufacturer revision
OMRON Corporation
Slaves:
Communication adapter
W347
1.0
Physical
conformance
data
Network current consumption
Connector type
Physical insulation
Supported indicators
MAC ID setting
Default MAC ID
Baud rate setting
Supported baud rates
24 VDC at 45 mA max.
Open plug
Yes
Module, Network
DIP switch
0
DIP switch
125 kbps, 250 kbps, and 500 kbps
Communications
data
Predefined Master/Slave connection set
Dynamic connection support (UCMM)
Explicit message fragmentation support
Group 2 only server
No
Yes
General data
224
Header ID = 47
Device type number = 12
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Object Mounting
Identity Object (0x01)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Item
Object instance
Attribute
ID content
1 Vendor
2 Product type
3 Product code
4 Revision
5 Status (bits supported)
6 Serial number
7 Product name
8 State
Item
Object instance
Service
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
47
12
51
1.3
Bit 0 only
Unique for each Unit
C200HW-DRT21
---
DeviceNet service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
Value
Parameter option
No
No
Message Router Object (0x02)
Object class
Attribute
Service
Attribute
Service
Header specification addition
Object instance
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
No
DeviceNet Object (0x03)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Item
Object instance
Attribute
Item
Object instance
Service
ID content
1 MAC ID
2 Baud rate
3 BOI
4 Bus Off counter
5 Allocation information
6 MAC ID switch changed
7 Baud rate switch changed
8 MAC ID switch value
9 Baud rate switch value
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
---
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
---
----00 (hexadecimal)
-------------
DeviceNet service
0E Get_Attribute_Single
4B Allocate_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
4C Release_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
Value
Parameter option
No
No
No
225
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Connection Object (0x05)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Max. number of active connections
Not supported
1
Item
Section
Object interface 1 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Explicit Message
Cyclic
Server
3
Item
ID content
Object interface 1 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
Item
Object interface 1 Service
1
------Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
No
0E Get_Attribute_Single
No
10 Set_Attribute_Single
No
Information
Polled I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
Value
--0000 (hexadecimal)
83 (hexadecimal)
----21 (hexadecimal)
FE00 (hexadecimal)
FE00 (hexadecimal)
--0100 (hexadecimal)
0000 (hexadecimal)
--0000 (hexadecimal)
--0000 (hexadecimal)
Parameter option
05 Reset
Item
Section
Object interface 2 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
226
Max. number of interfaces
Max. number of interfaces
1
-------
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
ID content
Object interface 2 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
Item
Object interface 2 Service
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
Value
--0100 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
See note.
See note.
--0000 (hexadecimal)
0000 (hexadecimal)
No
0000 (hexadecimal)
No
0000 (hexadecimal)
Parameter option
05 Reset
No
0E Get_Attribute_Single
No
10 Set_Attribute_Single
No
Note The number of bytes in the specified Read Area (Input Area) and Write Area (Output Area) is as follows:
Produced connection size:
Read Area bytes (default: 0200 (hexadecimal))
Consumed connection size:
Write Area bytes (default: 0200 (hexadecimal))
Item
Section
Object interface 3 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Max. number of interfaces
Bit strobed I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
Item
ID content
Object interface 3 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
1
-------
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Value
--0100 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
See note.
0800 (hexadecimal)
--0000 (hexadecimal)
0000 (hexadecimal)
No
0000 (hexadecimal)
No
0000 (hexadecimal)
227
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
DeviceNet service
Object interface 3 Service
Parameter option
05 Reset
No
0E Get_Attribute_Single
No
10 Set_Attribute_Single
No
Note The number of bytes in the specified Read Area (Input Area) is as follows:
Produced connection size:
Read Area bytes (default: 0200 (hexadecimal))
PC Object (0x2F)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Item
Object interface 1
(CIO Area 1: CIO 0 to CIO 235)
DeviceNet service
Service
Object interface 2
Service
(CIO Area 2: CIO 300 to CIO 511)
Object interface 3
(DM Area: DM 0 to DM 6143)
Service
Object interface 4
(LR Area: LR 0 to LR 63)
Service
Object interface 5
(HR Area: HR 0 to HR 99)
Service
Object interface 6
(AR Area: AR 0 to AR 27)
Service
Object interface 7
(TIM/CNT Area: TIM/CNT 0 to
TIM/CNT 511)
Service
Object interface 8
(EM Area: Depends on the
model)
Service
Refresh Object (0x92)
Object class
228
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
1C Block String Read
1D Block String N Read
1E Block String Write
1F Block String N Write
Parameter option
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address Length
Logical Area Address
Logical Area Address
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Object interface 1 Attribute
(current value)
Item
Object interface 1 Service
(current value)
ID and contents
64: Output refresh bytes
65: Output refresh area type
66: Output refresh address
67: Input refresh bytes
68: Input refresh area type
69: Input refresh address
Item
Object interface 2 Service
(set value)
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
DeviceNet service
ID content
64: Output refresh bytes
65: Output refresh area type
66: Output refresh address
67: Input refresh bytes
68: Input refresh area type
69: Input refresh address
Get_Attribute_Single
Set_Attribute_Single
Get_Attribute_All
Set_Attribute_All
-------------
No
No
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DeviceNet service
0E
10
01
02
Value
Parameter option
0E Get_Attribute_Single
01 Set_Attribute_Single
Item
Object interface 2 Attribute
(set value)
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Value
-------------
Parameter option
No
No
No
No
Note The refresh areas are divided as follows:
1: CIO Area 1 (CIO 0 to CIO 235)
2: CIO Area 2 (CIO 300 to CIO 511)
3: DM Area (DM 0 to DM 6143)
4: LR Area (LR 0 to LR 63)
5: HR Area (HR 0 to HR 99)
6: AR Area (AR 0 to Ar 27)
7: TC Area (TC 0 to TC 511)
8: EM Area (Only PCs with Expanded DM Area, bank 0 only)
229
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
RS-232C Unit Device Protocol
General data
Physical
conformance
data
Communications
data
Compatible DeviceNet Specifications
Volume I - Release 1.3
Volume II - Release 1.2
Header name
Device type name
OMRON Corporation
Header ID = 47
Slaves:
Device type number = 0
Generic
W347
1.0
24 VDC at 50 mA max.
Open plug
Yes
Module, Network
DIP switch
0
DIP switch
125 kbps, 250 kbps, and 500 kbps
Group 2 only server
Yes
Yes
Manufacturer catalog number
Manufacturer revision
Network current consumption
Connector type
Physical insulation
Supported indicators
MAC ID setting
Default MAC ID
Baud rate setting
Supported baud rates
Predefined Master/Slave connection set
Dynamic connection support (UCMM)
Explicit message fragmentation support
Object Mounting
Identity Object (0x01)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Item
Object instance
Attribute
ID content
1 Vendor
2 Product type
3 Product code
4 Revision
5 Status (bits supported)
6 Serial number
7 Product name
8 State
Item
Object instance
Service
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
05 Reset
0E Get_Attribute_Single
Value
47
0
308
1.3
--Unique for each Unit
DRT1-232C
---
Parameter option
No
No
Message Router Object (0x02)
Attribute
Object class
Service
Object instance Attribute
Service
Header specification addition
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
No
DeviceNet Object (0x03)
Item
ID content
Object class
Attribute
1 Revision
Object class
Service
Not supported
230
Get (read)
Set (write)
No
No
Value
---
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Object instance
Attribute
Item
Object instance
Service
ID content
1 MAC ID
2 Baud rate
3 BOI
4 Bus Off counter
5 Allocation information
6 MAC ID switch changed
7 Baud rate switch changed
8 MAC ID switch value
9 Baud rate switch value
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Value
----00 (hexadecimal)
-------------
DeviceNet service
Parameter option
0E Get_Attribute_Single
4B Allocate_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
4C Release_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
No
No
No
Assembly Object (0x04)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Not supported
Attribute
3 Data
Item
Object instance
ID content
Item
Object instance
Service
Get (read)
Set (write)
Yes
Yes
DeviceNet service
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Value
--Parameter option
No
No
Connection Object (0x05)
Object class
Attribute
Not supported
Service
Max. number of active connections
Not supported
1
Item
Section
Object interface 1 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Explicit Message
Cyclic
Server
3
Max. number of interfaces
1
-------
231
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
ID content
Object interface 1 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
Item
Object interface 1 Service
--0000 (hexadecimal)
83 (hexadecimal)
----21 (hexadecimal)
FFFF (hexadecimal)
FFFF (hexadecimal)
--01 (hexadecimal)
00 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
-----
Parameter option
Information
Max. number of interfaces
Polled I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
ID content
Object interface 2 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
1
-------
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Value
No
No
Item
232
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Item
Section
Object interface 2 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Item
Object interface 2 Service
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Value
--01 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
0200 (hexadecimal)
0000 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
00 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
-----
Parameter option
No
No
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Section
Object interface 3 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Information
Bit strobed I/O
Cyclic
Server
2
Item
ID content
Object interface 3 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
Item
Object interface 3 Service
Max. number of interfaces
1
------Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
DeviceNet service
--01 (hexadecimal)
82 (hexadecimal)
----01 (hexadecimal)
0200 (hexadecimal)
0800 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
00 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
-----
Parameter option
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Item
Section
Object interface 4 Interface type
Production trigger
Transport type
Transport class
Value
No
No
Information
Max. number of interfaces
UCMM Explicit Msg
Application Object Triggered
Server
2
Item
ID content
Object interface 4 Attribute
1 State
2 Instance type
3 Transport class trigger
4 Produced connection ID
5 Consumed connection ID
6 Initial comm. characteristics
7 Produced connection size
8 Consumed connection size
9 Expected packet rate
12 Watchdog time-out action
13 Produced connection path length
14 Produced connection path
15 Consumed connection path length
16 Consumed connection path
17 Production inhibit time
Get
(read)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
------Set
(write)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Value
--00 (hexadecimal)
83 (hexadecimal)
----33 (hexadecimal)
FFFF (hexadecimal)
FFFF (hexadecimal)
--01 (hexadecimal)
00 (hexadecimal)
--00 (hexadecimal)
-----
233
Appendix B
Slave Device Protocols
Item
Object interface 4 Service
234
DeviceNet service
0E Get_Attribute_Single
10 Set_Attribute_Single
Parameter option
No
No
Appendix C
Connectible Devices and
Device Current Consumptions
Slave Units
Basic I/O Slave Units
Model
CQM1-DRT21
Specifications
Manufacturer
I/O Link Unit suitable for CQM1-series
PC. 16 inputs and 16 outputs
Remote I/O Terminal
8 Transistor inputs (NPN)
Remote I/O Terminal
8 Transistor inputs (PNP)
Remote I/O Terminal
16 Transistor inputs (NPN)
Remote I/O Terminal
16 Transistor inputs (PNP)
Remote I/O Terminal
8 Transistor outputs (NPN)
Remote I/O Terminal
8 Transistor outputs (PNP)
Remote I/O Terminal
16 Transistor outputs (NPN)
Remote I/O Terminal
16 Transistor outputs (PNP)
Environment-resistant Terminal
8 Transistor inputs (NPN)
Conforms to IEC IP66
OMRON
DRT1-OD08C
Environment-resistant Terminal
8 Transistor outputs (NPN)
Conforms to IEC IP66
OMRON
DRT1-MD16C
Environment-resistant Terminal
8 Transistor inputs, 8 transistor outputs
(NPN)
Conforms to IEC IP66
Remote Adapter
16 Transistor inputs (NPN)
Remote Adapter
16 Transistor inputs (PNP)
Remote Adapter
16 Transistor outputs (NPN)
Remote Adapter
16 Transistor outputs (PNP)
Sensor Terminal
8 sensor inputs (NPN)
2 inputs per sensor
OMRON
DRT1-ND16S
Sensor Terminal
8 sensor inputs (NPN)
1 input and 1 output per sensor
OMRON
DRT1-AD04
Analog Input Terminal
4 analog inputs (using 4 words) or 2
analog inputs (using 2 words)
(Switchable)
OMRON
DRT1-ID08
DRT1-ID08-1
DRT1-ID16
DRT1-ID16-1
DRT1-OD08
DRT1-OD08-1
DRT1-OD16
DRT1-OD16-1
DRT1-ID08C
DRT1-ID16X
DRT1-ID16X-1
DRT1-OD16X
DRT1-OD16X-1
DRT1-HD16S
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
235
Appendix C
Connectible Devices and Device Current Consumptions
Model
DRT1-AD04H
DRT1-DA02
DRT1-TS04T
DRT1-TS04P
Specifications
Manufacturer
Analog Input Terminal
4 analog inputs (using 4 words)
Analog Output Terminal
2 analog outputs (using 2 words)
Temperature Input Terminal
Thermocouple thermometer input
4 temperature data inputs (using 4 words)
OMRON
Temperature Input Terminal
Temperature-resistance thermometer
input
4 temperature data inputs (using 4 words)
OMRON
OMRON
OMRON
Special I/O Slave Units
Model
Specifications
Manufacturer
C200HW-DRT21
I/O Link Unit for C200HE, C200HG,
C200HX PCs
(User-set allocations possible)
512 inputs max, 512 outputs max.
Read/Write Area can be user-set using
explicit DeviceNet messages
OMRON
DRT1-232C2
RS-232C Unit with 2 RS-232C ports
16 inputs (communications status)
RS-232C ports’ parameters can be set,
and data can be transmitted to and from
external devices using explicit DeviceNet
messages
OMRON
Communications Cables
Model
236
Specifications
Manufacturer
DCA2-5C10
Thick cable: 5 wires, 100 m
OMRON
DCA1-5C10
Thin cable: 5 wires, 100 m
OMRON
TDN18-10G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 10 m
Showa Electric
TDN18-30G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 30 m
Showa Electric
TDN18-50G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 50 m
Showa Electric
TDN18-100G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 100 m
Showa Electric
TDN18-300G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 300 m
Showa Electric
TDN18-500G
Thick cable: 5 wires, 500 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-10G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 10 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-30G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 30 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-50G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 50 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-100G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 100 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-300G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 300 m
Showa Electric
TDN24-500G
Thin cable: 5 wires, 500 m
Showa Electric
1485C-P1-A50
Thick cable: 5 wires, 50 m
Allen-Bradley
1485C-P1-C150
Thin cable: 5 wires, 150 m
Allen-Bradley
Appendix C
Connectible Devices and Device Current Consumptions
Connectors
Model
Specifications
Manufacturer
MSTB2.5/5-ST-5.08AU For node connection
Without connector set screws
(Attach to DRT1 Series)
Phoenix
Contact GmbH
& Co.
MSTBP
2.5/5-STF-5.08 AB AU
SO
For T-branch Tap and node connection
With connector set screws
(Attach to CVM1-DRM21-V1,
C200HW-DRM21-V1,
CQM1-DRT21-DCN1)
Phoenix
Contact GmbH
& Co.
TMSTBP
2.5/5-ST-5.08 AU
For node connection (Multi-drop wiring)
Without connector set screws
Phoenix
Contact GmbH
& Co.
Connector Screwdrivers
Model
SZF-1
Specifications
Special screwdriver for CompoBus/D
connectors
Manufacturer
Phoenix
Contact GmbH
& Co.
Terminating Resistors
Model
DRS1-T
Specifications
Terminal-block Terminating Resistor, 121 Ω
Manufacturer
OMRON
Note Also can be used as Terminating Resistor with T-branch Tap.
T-branch Taps
Model
Specifications
Manufacturer
DCN1-1C
3 connectors provided (When used on trunk
line, 1 drop line can be connected.)
Terminating Resistor can be connected.
OMRON
DCN1-3C
5 connectors provided (When used on trunk
line, 3 drop lines can be connected.)
Terminating Resistor can be connected.
OMRON
Power Supply Taps
Model
1485T-P2T5-T5
Specifications
Required when connecting more than one
power supply.
Countercurrent flow prevention, ground
terminal provided
Manufacturer
Allen-Bradley
Cable Connectors for Sensor Terminals
Model
XS8A-0441
XS8A-0442
Specifications
Connector marking: XS8-1
Applicable cable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm2
Connector marking: XS8-2
Applicable cable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm2
Manufacturer
OMRON
OMRON
237
Appendix C
Connectible Devices and Device Current Consumptions
Environment-resistant Terminal Connectors
I/O Connectors
Model
XS2G-D4
XS2H-D421-
XS2W-D42-
Description
Assembled male connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cable with connector plug at one end
(Male plug-to-cable core wires)
Cable with connector plug at both ends
(Male plug-to-female plug)
Manufacturer
OMRON
External Power Supply Connectors
Model
XS2C-D4
XS2F-D42-80-A
Description
Assembled female connector plug
(Crimped or soldered)
Cable with connector plug at one end
(Female plug-to-cable core wires)
Manufacturer
OMRON
Current Consumption Overview
Model
DRT1-ID08
50 mA max.
Communications
current consumption
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID08-1
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID16
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID16-1
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD08
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD08-1
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD16
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD16-1
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID08C
35 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD08C
45 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-MD16C
35 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID16X
70 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-ID16X-1
70 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD16X
50 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-OD16X-1
70 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-HD16S
60 mA max.
40 mA max.
DRT1-ND16S
60 mA max.
40 mA max.
DRT1-AD04
80 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-AD04H
130 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-DA02
140 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-TS04T
130 mA max.
30 mA max.
DRT1-TS04P
130 mA max.
30 mA max.
CQM1-DRM21
80 mA max.
(Supplied from the Backplane)
250 mA max.
(Supplied from the Backplane)
100 mA max.
40 mA max.
C200HW-DRT21
DRT1-232C2
238
Internal current consumption
45 mA max.
50 mA max.
Glossary
Busoff
A Busoff error occurs when there is an unacceptably high error rate on the communications bus. This error is detected when the internal error counter exceeds
a specified value. (The error counter is cleared whenever the Master Unit is
started or reset.)
CAN
Controller Area Network. A communications protocol for a LAN developed for
mounting in automobiles. The DeviceNet uses CAN technology.
configurator
A device used to make system settings, read IDs, read/write parameters, read
the network configuration, etc. OMRON provides a CompoBus/D Configurator
for OMRON Master Units.
consumed connection size
The size in bytes of the data received through a connection.
ODVA
Open DeviceNet Vendor Association. A non-profit vendor association responsible for spreading DeviceNet.
produced connection size
The size in bytes of the data sent through a connection.
connection
A logical communications channel created to communicate between two nodes.
Connections are established and maintained between masters and slaves.
device profile
A description of the structure and behavior of a device giving the minimum data
configurations and operations that the device must support. Device profiles enable common device models, and are also called device models. Device profiles
are being studied for sensors, valves, displays, encoders, and other devices.
master
A node that controls the collection and distribution of data. With the CompoBus/
D, the predefined master/slave connection set defines the functions provided by
all masters.
slave
A node that provides data in response to requests from masters. With the CompoBus/D, the predefined master/slave connection set defines the functions provided by all slaves.
239
Index
Numbers
cycle time, 189
communications, 189
7-segment display, meaning, 138, 197, 203
A
allocations, CQM1, I/O Link Unit, 133
Analog Input Terminals
averaging function, 113
components, 105
converted data, 108
converted data storage, 113
dimensions, 114
DIP switch, 105
input ranges, 108
inputs, setting number of, 112
internal circuitry, 107
open-circuit detection function, 113
rotary switch, 106
specifications, 104
terminal arrangement, 108
wiring, 108
Analog Input Units, troubleshooting, 212
Analog Output Terminals
components, 115
converted data, 118
converted data storage, 120
dimensions, 120
DIP switch, 116
internal circuitry, 117
output ranges, 118
outputs, status after communications error, 119
rotary switch, 117
specifications, 115
terminal arrangement, 117
wiring, 118
averaging function, Analog Input Terminals, 113
C
cleaning, 215
communications, 189
cycle time, 189
communications cycle time, 189
connector pin allocation, Remote Adapter, 16 output type, 91
converted data
Analog Input Terminals, 108
Analog Output Terminals, 118
converted data storage
Analog Input Terminals, 113
Analog Output Terminals, 120
CQM1 word allocation, I/O Link Units, 133
D-E
decimal 2-column display mode, Temperature Input Terminals,
126
dimensions
Analog Input Terminals, 114
Analog Output Terminals, 120
I/O Link Units, 133
Master Units, C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS
PCs, 161
Remote Adapter
16 input type, 86, 89
16 output type, 93, 96
Sensor Terminals, 99, 103
Temperature Input Terminals, 121, 131
Transistor Remote Terminals
transistor input, 56, 59, 61, 63
transistor output, 66, 69, 71, 73, 83
DIP switch
Analog Input Terminals, 105
Analog Output Terminals, 116
Temperature Input Terminals, 122
errors, indicators
Master Unit, 198
Slave Unit, 203
I
I/O Link Units
components, 132
CQM1 word allocation, 133
dimensions, 133
specifications, 132
I/O response times, 184
maximum
C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS PCs, 189
CV-series PCs in asynchronous mode, 185
CV-series PCs in synchronous mode, 187
minimum
C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS PCs, 188
CV-series PCs in asynchronous mode, 184
CV-series PCs in synchronous mode, 186
indicators
errors
Master Unit, 198
Slave Unit, 203
Master Units, CV-series, 137
meaning, 48, 196
input devices, Remote Adapter, 16 input type, 86, 89
input ranges, Analog Input Terminals, 108
inputs, setting number of, Analog Input Terminals, 112
inspection, 215
241
Index
internal circuitry
Analog Input Terminals, 107
Analog Output Terminals, 117
Remote Adapter
16 input type, 85, 88
16 output type, 91, 95
Sensor Terminals, 98, 101
Transistor Remote Terminals
transistor input, 55, 57, 60, 62
transistor output, 65, 68, 70, 72
internal circuitry power supply, Remote Adapter
16 input type, 85, 88
16 output type, 92, 95
M-P
maintenance, 215
Master Units
dimensions, C200HX, C200HG, C200HE, and C200HS PCs,
161
indicators, CV-series, 137
troubleshooting, 207
nodes
number setting table, 217
replacement, 216
open-circuit detection function, Analog Input Terminals, 113
output devices, Remote Adapter, 16 output type, 92, 96
output ranges, Analog Output Terminals, 118
outputs, status after communications error, Analog Output Terminals, 119
precautions, general, xi
R
refresh time, 190
Remote Adapter
16 input type
components, 84
dimensions, 86, 89
input devices, 86, 89
internal circuitry, 85, 88
internal circuitry power supply, 85, 88
specifications, 84, 87
16 output type
components, 90, 94
connector pin allocation, 91
dimensions, 93, 96
internal circuitry, 91, 95
internal circuitry power supply, 92, 95
output devices, 92, 96
rotary switch
Analog Input Terminals, 106
Analog Output Terminals, 117
Temperature Input Terminals, 123
242
S
Sensor Terminals
components, 97, 101
dimensions, 99, 103
internal circuitry, 98, 101
specifications, 100
Slave Units
baud rate, 51
node number setting range, 50
specifications, 47
troubleshooting, 210
specifications
Analog Input Terminals, 104
Analog Output Terminals, 115
communications, 48
I/O Link Units, 132
Remote Adapter, 16 input type, 84, 87
Sensor Terminals, 100
Slave Units, 47
Transistor Remote Terminals
transistor input, 55, 57, 60, 62
transistor output, 64, 67, 70, 72
system startup times, 192
T-W
Temperature Input Terminals
decimal 2-column display mode, 126
dimensions, 121, 131
DIP switch, 122
rotary switch, 123
terminal arrangement, 124
wiring, 124
terminal arrangement
Analog Input Terminals, 108
Analog Output Terminals, 117
Temperature Input Terminals, 124
Transistor Remote Terminals
transistor input
components, 55, 57, 60, 62
dimensions, 56, 59, 61, 63
internal circuitry, 55, 57, 60, 62
specifications, 55, 57, 60, 62
wiring, 56, 58, 61, 63
transistor output
components, 64, 67, 70
dimensions, 66, 69, 71, 73, 83
internal circuitry, 65, 68, 70, 72
specifications, 64, 67, 70, 72
wiring, 65, 68, 71, 73
troubleshooting
Analog Input Units, 212
Master Units, 207
Slave Units, 210
wiring
Analog Input Terminals, 108
Analog Output Terminals, 118
Temperature Input Terminals, 124
Transistor Remote Terminals
transistor input, 56, 58, 61, 63
transistor output, 65, 68, 71, 73
Revision History
A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual.
Cat. No. W347-E1-1
Revision code
The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision. Page numbers refer to the
previous version.
Revision code
1
Date
October 1998
Revised content
Original production
243
">